You are on page 1of 175

Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

MỤC LỤC

Trang
Lời nói đầu ( Introduction )……………………………………………………………………………………… 2
Bảng từ viết tắt ( List of English abbreviations/words )…………………………....…………….. 3
Module 1: Pronunciation(Phá t â m)……………………………………………………………………….…...
4
Module 2: Stress(Trọ ng â m) ……………………………………………………………………………………... 6
Module 3: Verb tenses( Thì củ a độ ng từ ) …………………………………………………………………... 8
Module 4: The sequence of tenses( Sự phố i hợ p thì) ………………………………………………… 9
Module 5: Subject and verb agreements( Sự hò a hợ p chủ ngữ và độ ng từ ) ……………..… 11
Module 6: Modal verbs(Độ ng từ khiếm khuyết) ………………………………………………………… 13
Module 7: The subjunctive mood( Thứ c giả định) …………………………………………………….. 16
Module 8: Gerund and infinitive verb( V-ing /to V/V(bare) ) + Lố i nó i phụ họ a………… 18
Module 9: Tag questions( Câ u hỏ i đuô i)………………………………………………………………….…. 22
Module 10: Comparisons(Sự so sá nh)……………………………………………………………………….. 23
Module 11: The orders of the adjectives(Trậ t tự củ a tính từ )……………………………………. 25
Module 12: Articles(Mạ o từ ) …………………………………………………………………………………….. 26
Module 13: Word formation(Cấ u tạ o từ ) ………………………………………………………………….. 29
Module 14: Expressions of quantity( Từ chỉ định lượ ng) ………………………………………….. 32
Module 15: Passive voices(Thể bị độ ng) …………………………………………………………………… 34
Module 16: Conditional sentences and wish(Câ u điều kiện & câ u điều ướ c)………….…... 39
Module 17: Reported speech(Câ u tườ ng thuậ t) ……………………………………………………..….. 41
Module 18: Relative clauses(Mệnh đề quan hệ) ………………………………………………….......…. 44
Module 19: Phrase and clauses(Cụ m từ và mộ t câ u) +Clauses of manner with………….. 46
Module 20: Inversion(Đả o ngữ ) …………………………………………………………………………………. 48
Module 21: Conjunctions(Liên từ )………………………………......……………………………….……….... 50
Module 22: Prepositions( Giớ i từ ) ……………………………………………………………………………... 53
Module 23: Phrasal verbs( Cụ m độ ng từ ) ………………………………………………………………..…. 61
Module 24: Idioms( Thà nh ngữ ) ……………………………………………………………………………..….. 69
Module 25: Collocations( Cụ m từ cố định) …………………………………………………………………. 76
Others structures( Mộ t số cấ u trú c khá c) ……………………………………………………………………. 79
Correct the mistakes ( Tìm lỗ i sai )…………………………………………………………………………...... 83
Communications( Chứ c năng giao tiếp) …………………………………………………………………….… 84
Common family words( Bả ng từ loạ i thô ng dụ ng) …………………………………………………….…. 87
Irregular verbs( Bả ng độ ng từ bấ t quy tắ c) ……………………………………………………………….… 98

Page 1
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

LỜI NÓI ĐẦU

Các bạn thân mến!


Theo xu thế phá t triển xã hộ i và hộ i nhậ p kinh tế toà n cầ u, Tiếng Anh ngà y cà ng trở nên quan
trọ ng và cầ n thiết hơn bao giờ hết. Tuy nhiên ngô n ngữ là mộ t phạ m trù rấ t rộ ng nên việc
thô ng thạ o ngoạ i ngữ đò i hỏ i ngườ i đọ c phả i kiên trì,quyết tâ m và đặ c biệt là cầ n có phương
phá p họ c tậ p hiệu quả .
 Bạ n cả m thấ y khó khă n vớ i việc họ c nhữ ng cô ng thứ c, mẫ u câ u ngữ phá p Tiếng Anh
phứ c tạ p và cá ch giả i thích dà i dò ng khó hiểu.
 Bạ n đã họ c đi họ c lạ i nhiều lầ n nhưng vẫ n khô ng thể ghi nhớ đượ c nhữ ng kiến thứ c ngữ
phá p đó .
 Bạ n bă n khoă n về khả năng ghi nhớ củ a mình trướ c mộ t lượ ng kiến thứ c khổ ng lồ trong
ngô n ngữ mỗ i ngà y
 Bạ n nó i và viết Tiếng Anh nhưng rấ t sợ ngườ i nghe, ngườ i đọ c hiểu nhầ m ý vì sai ngữ
phá p củ a câ u.
Quyển sá ch Ngữ Phá p Tiếng Anh bạ n cầ m trên tay giú p bạ n họ c và ghi nhớ ngữ phá p Tiếng
Anh mộ t cá ch nhanh chó ng qua nhữ ng ví dụ minh họa và Sơ đồ tư duy ( Mind Map )

Kiến thứ c siêu đầ y đủ ,á p dụ ng dễ dà ng.Phù hợ p vớ i mọ i trình độ ,mọ i đố i tượ ng từ giá o viên


đến họ c sinh.
Quyển sách này sẽ giúp bạn !
 Độ t phá việc ghi nhớ cá c kiến thứ c
 Nắ m trọ n ngữ phá p thô ng qua nhữ ng từ khó a chính
 Kích thích sự phá t triển nã o bộ qua cá c sơ đồ tư duy
 Tă ng tính ứ ng dụ ng thự c tế trong cá c tình huố ng
Trong quá trình biên soạ n sá ch có thể có nhữ ng thiếu só t nhấ t định.Tô i mong nhậ n đượ c sự
gó p ý quý bá u củ a cá c bạ n để sá ch hoà n thiện hơn.
Chúc bạn học tốt !

Sơ đồ tư duy được mệnh danh là “ công cụ vạn năng cho


bộ não” một phương pháp trình bày ý tưởng ,kiến thức
bằng những từ khóa chính, hình ảnh và màu sắc, giúp
não bộ phát huy tối đa khả năng ghi nhớ

Page 2
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

LIST OF ENGLISH ABBREVIATIONS/WORDS

STT Tên viết tắt Tên viết đầy đủ Ý nghĩa


1 S Subject Chủ ngữ
2 V Verb Độ ng từ
3 O Object Tâ n ngữ
4 Adj Adjective Tính từ
5 Adv Adverb Trạ ng từ
6 N Noun Danh từ
7 Vp2 Past participle Quá khứ phâ n từ
8 Sb Somebody Mộ t ai đó
9 St Something Mộ t cá i gì đó
10 V-ing Gerund / present participle Danh độ ng từ /hiện tạ i phâ n từ
11 Np Noun phrase Cụ m danh từ

MODULE 1: PRONUNCIATION
PHÁT ÂM
Page 3
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Nguyên âm ngắn - Short Nguyên âm dài - Long Nguyên âm đôi- Diphthongs


vowels vowels - /ai/: buy, skỵ , hi, shy
- / ə/: ago, mother, togethe - / iː/ meet, beat, heat - / ɔɪ /: boy, enjoy, toy -
- /i/: hit, bit, sit -/u:/: school, food, moon - /ei/: day, baby, stay
- / ʌ /: study, shut, must - /a:/: father, star, car - /ou /: no, go, so
- / ɒ /: got job, hospital - / ɔː/: sport, more, store - /au/: now, sound, cow
- /u/: put, should, foot – -/ ɜː /: bird, shirt, early - / ʊə /: poor, sure, tour
-/e/: bed, send, tent, spend - / eə /: air, care, share
- / æ /: cat, chat, man - / ɪə /: near, tear, cheer

NGUYÊN ÂM
VOWELS - /b/: bag, baby
- /p/: pupil, pay, stop
- /d/: dog, daddy, dead
- /k/: kiss, key
- /m/: mother, map, come
PHIÊN ÂM - /j/: yes, yellow
- /n/: many, none, news
- /s/: see, summer
- /l/: love, lucky, travel
- /z/: zoo, visit
PHỤ ÂM - /r/: river, restaurant
CONSONANTS - /h/: hat, honey
- /t/: tea, teach
- / dʒ /: village, jam, generous
- /g /: get, game, go
- / θ /: thin, thick, something, birth
- /f/: fall, laugh, fiction
- / ð /: mother, with, this
- /v/: visit, van
- / ʃ /: she, sugar
- /w/: wet, why
- / ʒn /: vision
- / tʃ /: children, chicken, watch
- / ŋ /: thank, sing

 PHÁT ÂM “ ED ” or “S / ES ”

/s / k , p, f , t, th ( khắ p phố phườ ng tố i thui )

Page 4
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Cách phát âm đuôi -s / iz / Ch, X , S, Z, Sh, SE, CE, GE


( Chú ng xổ số zớ i Sh sẽ có ghệ )

Khi tậ n cù ng trướ c nó là nguyên â m và


/z/
cá c phụ â m cò n lạ i

/ id / t , d ( tình đầ u )

Cách phát âm đuôi -ed / t /  sh, s, ch, ss, ce, x, k ,p, f = gh


(Sá ng sớ m chi sá u chạ y xe khắ p phố
phườ ng )

Khi tậ n cù ng trướ c -ed nó là nguyên â m


/ d/
và cá c phụ â m cò n lạ i

Note đuôi -ed


Note đuôi -s
Đuô i -ed trong cá c tính từ sau đượ c phá t
- “se” đọ c là “z” or “s”
- “Ce =S” âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved, blessed,
- “gh” đọ c là “f” : laugh , cough, tough , rough naked, ragged wicked , blessed , wretched

PRACTISES

Page 5
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. final B. writer C. ivory D. widow
Question 2: A. passed B. managed C. cleared D. threatened
Question 3: A. ejects B. defends C. advocates D. breaths
Question 4: A. produced B. believed C. stopped D. laughed
Question 5: A. alien B. alloy C. alley D. anthem
Question 6: A. affected B. looked C. decreased D. washed
Question 7: A. missed B. worked C. realized D. watched
Question 8: A. need B. speech C. see D. career
Question 9: A. loved B. appeared C. agreed D. coughed
Question 10: A. pagoda B. integral C. against D. aquatic
Question 11: A. imagines B. bikes C. cultures D. involves
Question 12: A. office B. practice C. service D. device
Question 13: A. finished B. cooked C. attended D. laughed
Question 14: A. number B. future C. furious D. amuse
Question 15: A. concerned B. candied C. travelled D. dried
Question 16: A. speaks B. speeds C. graphs D. beliefs
Question 17: A. dune B. hummock C. shrub D. buffalo
Question 18: A. increased B. pleased C. replaced D. fixed
Question 19: A. looks B. knows C. helps D. sits
Question 20: A. linked B. declared C. finished D. developed
Question 21: A. heat B. beat C. meant D. easy
Question 22: A. sports B. thanks C. games D. enthusiasts
Question 23: A. sacrificed B. trusted C. recorded D. acted
Question 24: A. cooks B. loves C. joins D. spends
Question 25: A. interviewed B. performed C. finished D. delivered
Question 26: A. misses B. goes C. leaves D. potatoes
Question 27: A. removed B. approved C. reminded D. relieved
Question 28: A. young B. plough C. couple D. cousin
Question 29: A. confine B. conceal C. convention D. concentrate
Question 30: A. isolated B. climate C. island D. automobile
Question 31: A. river B. rival C. native D. driven
Question 32: A. valentine B. imagine C. discipline D. determine
Question 33: A. crop B. common C. household D. bodily
Question 34: A. merchant B. sergeant C. mermaid D. commercial
Question 35: A. obstacle B. obscure C. obsession D. oblivious
Question 36: A. failed B. reached C. absorbed D. solved
Question 37: A. develops B. takes C. laughs D. volumes
Question 38: A. species B. invent C. medicine D. tennis
Question 39: A. advanced B. established C. preferred D. stopped
Question 40: A. exact B. examine C. eleven D. elephant
Question 41: A. heavy B. head C. weather D. heat
Question 42: A. processed B. infested C. balanced D. reached
Question 43: A. food B. shoot C. book D. boot

Page 6
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Question 44: A. amount B. country C. counter D. around
Question 45: A. apologize B. agree C. algebra D. aggressive
Question 46: A. likes B. tightens C. heaps D. coughs
Question 47: A. building B. suitable C. suit D. recruitment
Question 48: A. create B. creature C. easy D. increase
Question 49: A. needed B. played C. rained D. followed
Question 50: A. ploughs B. photographs C. gas D. laughs
Question 51: A. broad B. load C. road D. boat
Question 52: A. acronym B. agency C. became D. aviation
Question 53: A. account B. amount C. mourning D. trout
Question 54: A. sound B. touchy C. outdated D. account
Question 55: A. fungus B. rubbish C. function D. furious
Question 56: A. contain B. entertain C. certain D. campaign
Question 57: A. measure B. pleasure C. threat D. treat
Question 58: A. south B. southern C. scout D. drought
Question 59: A. dome B. comb C. home D. tomb
Question 60: A. accountant B. country C. count D. fountain
Question 61: A. clubs B. books C. hats D. stamps
Question 62: A. advance B. ancient C. cancer D. annual
Question 63: A. canoeing B. penalty C. rival D. tsunami
Question 64: A. increase B. meant C. flea D. lease
Question 65: A. goalie B. archive C. signal D. advertisement
Question 66: A. bury B. hurt C. turn D. excursion
Question 67: A. book B. foot C. brook D. booth
Question 68: A. punctual B. rubbish C. thunder D. furious
Question 69: A. sound B. touch C. down D. account
Question 70: A. clerk B. reserve C. deserve D. herb
Question 71: A. spark B. share C. park D. smart
Question 72: A. hasty B. nasty C. wastage D. tasty
Question 73: A. neigh B. height C. weigh D. vein
Question 74: A. butter B. gum C. butcher D. summer
Question 75: A. hall B. salt C. drawn D. roll
Question 76: A. lost B. post C. loan D. pole
Question 77: A. adopted B. appealed C. dedicated D. wounded
Question 78: A. mile B. militant C. smile D. kind
Question 79: A. peace B. great C. treat D. meat
Question 80: A. sailor B. tailor C. naivety D. painter

MODULE 2: STRESS

Page 7
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Tiếng Anh là ngô n ngữ đa â m tiết. Nhữ ng từ có hai â m tiết trở lên luô n có mộ t â m tiết phá t â m khá c
biệt hẳ n so vớ i nhữ ng â m tiết cò n lạ i về độ dà i, độ lớ n và độ cao. Â m tiết nà o đượ c phá t â m to hơn,
giọ ng cao hơn và kéo dà i hơn cá c â m khá c trong cù ng mộ t từ thì ta nó i â m tiết đó đượ c nhấ n trọ ng â m.
Hay nó i cá ch khá c, trọ ng â m rơi và o â m tiết đó .
Khi nhìn và o phiên â m củ a mộ t từ thì trọ ng â m củ a từ đó đượ c kí hiệu bằ ng dấ u (') ở phía trướ c, bên
trên â m tiết đó .

QUY TẮC
CHUNG VÍ DỤ NGOẠI LỆ

1. Từ có 2 âm tiết: candy, really, active, carrot


cadec, listen,
- Danh từ hoặc tính từ: nhấn ở dictate, present, export,
open, guitar,
âm tiết đầu begin, dictate, present,
- Động từ: nhấn ở âm tiết cuối patrol, visit
export, prevent

2. Cá c từ tậ n cù ng là : IC, ION, economic, revision, colonial,


arithmetic,
IA, IAL, IAN, IAR, IENCE, IENCY, musician, familiar, heretic,
IENT, IANCE, IUM, IOUS, EOUS, experience, efficient, appliance
UOUS ( nhấn trước nó 1 âm) gymnasium, continuous

3. Cá c từ tậ n cù ng là : OUS, ATE, adventurous, considerate,


TUDE, ITY, ETY, AL, LOGY, attitude, capacity, variety, incarnate,
GRAPHY, METRY, NOMY, CY mechanical, astrology, disastrous
(nhấn trước nó 2 âm) photography, democracy

4. Cá c từ tậ n cù ng là : ADE, EE,
employee, Vietnamese,
ESE, EER, OO, OON, ETTE, centigrade,
engineer, volunteer,
ESQUE, trọng âm thường nhấn committee,
bamboo, balloon, cigarette,
ở vần cuối. ( nhấn vào chính overseer
picturesque
nó)

5. Danh từ kép, trọng âm rơi


blackbird, greenhouse
vào âm tiết đầu

6. Tính từ kép, động từ kép, bad-tempered, old-


trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ fashioned understand,
hai overflow

CHÚ Ý KHI XÉT TRỌNG ÂM

Page 8
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

- Đối với từ có 3 âm tiết Trọng âm thường


hoặc có 4 âm tiết: rơi vào nguyên âm Nếu tất cả các âm mà
- trọ ng â m rơi và â m tiết dài/nguyên âm đôi ngắn hết thì trọng
ở trướ c hậ u tố ‘tion, hoặc âm cuối kết âm rơi vào âm tiết
ion, ment’ thúc với nhiều hơn thứ nhất
một phụ âm

Trọng âm không bao giờ Đối với từ có 2 âm tiết:


rơi vào âm /ə/hoặc là - khi â m tiết đầ u đượ c
phá t â m là /ə/ thì trọ ng
âm /əʊ/.
â m rơi và i â m tiết thứ 2

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position
of the main stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. apply B. persuade C. reduce D. offer
Question 2: A. preservatives B. congratulate C. preferential D. development
Question 3: A. president B. physicist C. inventor D. property
Question 4: A. economy B. unemployment C. communicate D. particular
Question 5: A. elephant B. dinosaur C. buffalo D. mosquito
Question 6: A. scientific B. intensity C. disappearance D. expectation
Question 7: A. conference B. lecturer C. researcher D. reference
Question 8: A. intentional B. optimistic C. environment D. participant
Question 9: A. explain B. happen C. decide D. combine
Question 10: A. represent B. intensive C. domestic D. employment
Question 11: A. minister B. dependent C. encourage D. agreement
Question 12: A. equip B. listen C. answer D. enter
Question 13: A. involve B. provide C. install D. comment
Question 14: A. hospital B. inflation C. policy D. constantly
Question 15: A. garment B. comment C. cement D. even
Question 16: A. different B. achievement C. educate D. primary
Question 17: A. sorrow B. schooling C. passion D. subtract
Question 18: A. certainty B. activity C. organize D. compliment
Question 19: A. publish B. replace C. involve D. escape
Question 20: A. police B. system C. woman D. novel
Question 21: A. attract B. amaze C. offer D. require
Question 22: A. delicate B. promotion C. volcanic D. resources

Page 9
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Question 23: A. figure B. honest C. polite D. happy
Question 24: A. engage B. import C. conserve D. maintain
Question 25: A. original B. responsible C. reasonable D. comparison
Question 26: A. person B. hotel C. signal D. instance
Question 27: A. situation B. appropriate C. informality D. entertainment
Question 28: A. different B. bamboo C. rainfall D. wildlife
Question 29: A. gorilla B. interesting C. September D. opponent
Question 30: A. promote B. precede C. picture D. pollute
Question 31: A. exciting B. impolite C. attention D. attractive
Question 32: A. curious B. receive C. unique D. achieve
Question 33: A. comprehend B. entertain C. develop D. introduce
Question 34: A. consider B. concentrate C. interest D. sacrifice
Question 35: A. pollutant B. graduate C. enjoyable D. suspicious
Question 36: A. generous B. endangered C. horrible D. wonderful
Question 37: A. history B. village C. surprise D. physics
Question 38: A. deafness B. arrange C. absorb D. exhaust
Question 39: A. pressure B. sensible C. treatment D. canal
Question 40: A. publish B. predict C. reply D. refuse
Question 41: A. machine B. export C. chemist D. proceed
Question 42: A. applicant B. preference C. sufficient D. appointment
Question 43: A. interview B. concentrate C. comfortable D. technology
Question 44: A. example B. happiness C. advantage D. disaster
Question 45: A. explain B. involve C. swallow D. control
Question 46: A. character B. guitarist C. astronaut D. bachelor
Question 47: A. surgeon B. conquest C. profit D. canal
Question 48: A. supply B. consist C. happen D. delay
Question 49: A. broaden B. persuade C. reduce D. explain
Question 50: A. solidarity B. effectively C. documentary D. dedication
Question 51: A. royal B. unique C. remote D. extreme
Question 52: A. enroll B. promote C. require D. danger
Question 53: A. optimistic B. diversity C. environment D. assimilate
Question 54: A. affectionate B. kindergarten C. respectable D. occasional
Question 55: A. certificate B. compulsory C. remember D. information
Question 56: A. treasure B. appoint C. advance D. diverse
Question 57: A. conceal B. contain C. conserve D. conquer
Question 58: A. forgettable B. philosophy C. humanism D. objectively
Question 59: A. centralize B. candidate C. applicant D. motivation
Question 60: A. compass B. campus C. comfort D. command

MODULE 3:VERB TENSES

Page 10
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Thì SIMPLE PRESENT SIMPLE PAST
Dạng (Hiện tạ i đơn) (Quá khứ đơn)
Khẳng
S + V[-s/es] S + V-ed/V cột 2
định
Phủ định S + don’t / doesn’t + V1 S + didn’t + V1
Nghi vấn Do / Does + S + V1 …? Did + S + V1 …?
- yesterday
- always, usually, occasionally, often, …
- last + time: last week, last Sunday…
Dấu hiệu - every:every day, every year, every
- time+ ago : two months ago, five years
nhận biết Sunday
ago…
- once a day , twice…, 3 times…
- in the past, in + year (past): in 1990, …

Thì PRESENT CONTINUOUS PAST CONTINUOUS


Dạng (Hiện tạ i tiếp diễn) (Quá khứ tiếp diễn)
Khẳng
S + am / is / are + V-ing S + was / were + V-ing
định
Phủ định S + am not / isn’t / aren’t + V-ing S + wasn’t / weren’t + V-ing
Nghi vấn Am / Is / Are + S + V-ing …? Was / Were + S + V-ing …?
- At that moment
- now, at present - When / As + S + (simple past), S + was/ were
- at the moment V-ing
Dấu hiệu
- Sau câu mệnh lệnh : Vd: When I came, she was crying.
nhận biết
Vd: Keep silent! The baby is sleeping. - While :
Look! He is running. Vd: A dog crossed the road while I was
driving.

Thì PRESENT PERFECT PAST PERFECT


Dạng (Hiện tạ i hoà n thà nh) (Quá khứ hoà n thà nh)
Khẳng
S + has / have + V-ed/V cột 3 S + had + V-ed/V cột 3
định
Phủ định S + hasn’t / haven’t + V-ed/ V cột 3 S + hadn’t + V-ed/ V cột 3
Nghi vấn Has / Have + S + V-ed/ V cột 3 …? Had + S + V-ed/ V cột 3…?
- just, already, ever, yet, recently,
- after + S + had V3/ED , (simple past)
lately,..
Dấu hiệu - before + (simple past), S + had V3/ED
- since, for : since 1995, for 9 years
nhận biết - By the time + S + V(simple past) , S + had
- so far, up to now , It is the first
V3/ED: cho đến lúc........
time…..

Thì SIMPLE FUTURE FUTURE PERFECT


Dạng (Tương lai đơn) (Tương lai hoà n thà nh)
Page 11
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Khẳng
S + will + V 1 S + will have+ V-ed/ V cột 3
định
Phủ định S + won’t + V 1 S + won’t have + V-ed/ V cột 3
Nghi vấn Will + S + V 1? Will + S + have + V-ed/ V cột 3…?
- tomorrow
- by the end of this month
Dấu hiệu - next + time : next week, next
- by the time+S+ V (simple present), S + will
nhận biết Monday,….
have V3/ED
- in the future

Thì NEAR FUTURE FUTURE CONTINUOUS


Dạng (Tương lai gầ n) (Tương lai tiếp diễn)
Khẳng
S + am/is/are going to + V 1 S + will be + ving
định
Dấu hiệu - Diễn tả 1 kế hoạ ch, dự định.
- Diển tả 1 sự việc đang xả y ra ở tương lai.
nhận biết - Diễn tả 1 dự đoá n có că n cứ

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Jane________law at Harvard for four years now.
A. is studying B. has been studying C. studies D. studied
2. This time tomorrow________on the beach sunbathing and drinking freshly squeezed fruit juice!
A. I’ll have been lying B. I will lie
C. I will be lying D. I will have lain
3. We________for three hours and we are very tired.
A. waited B. have been waiting C. wait D. had waited
4. She________for hours. That’s why her eyes are red now.
A. cried B. has been crying C. was crying D. has cried
5. When I last saw him, he________in London.
A. is living B. has been living C. was living D. lived
6. By the time he arrives here tomorrow, they________for London.
A. would have left B. will have left C. will left D. are leaving
7. Mr. Pike________English at our school for 20 years before he retired last year.
A. had been teaching B. has been teaching
C. was teaching D. is teaching
8. They________for Japan at 10.30 tomorrow.
A. will be leaving B. have left C. will have left D. will leave
9. When I________to the airport, I realized that I________my passport at home.
A. got/had left B. got/left C. had got/had left D. got/was left
10. I________was angry when you saw me because I________with my sister.
A. have been arguing B. had been arguing C. argued D. would argue
11. Call me as soon as you________your test results.
A. get B. will get C. will have got D. got
12. I________to Greece until Sally and I went there last summer.

Page 12
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. have never been B. had never been C. was never being D. were never
13. I________ along the street when I suddenly heard footsteps behind me.
A. was walking B. am walking C. walk D. walked
14. He occasionally________a headache in the morning.
A. has had B. has C. have D. is having
15. The boy fell while he________down the stairs.
A. run B. running C. was running D.runs
16. I will come and see you before I________for America.
A. leave B. will leave C. have left D. left
17. When the first child was born, they _______ for three years.
A. have been married B. had been married
C. will be married D. will have been married
18. It________a long time since we were apart. I did not recognize her.
A. is B. has been C. was D. had been
19. Many of the people who attended Mr. David’s funeral________him for many years.
A. didn’t see B. wouldn’t see C. haven’t seen D. hadn’t seen
20. We were both very excited about the visit, as we________each other for________ages.
A. never saw B. didn’t see C. hadn’t seen D. haven’t seen
21. In one year’s time, she________for this company for 15 years.
A. will be working B. will have been working
C. will work D. has worked
22. His health has improved a lot since he________doing exercises regularly.
A. starts B. started C. has started D. had started
23. She hurt herself while she________hide-and-seek with her friends.
A. is playing B. had played C. played D. was playing
24. .What________at 9 o’clock last night? I phoned you but couldn’t get through to you.
A. did you do B. were you doing C. would you do D. had you done
25. It is raining heavily with rolls of thunder. We________such a terrible thunderstorm.
A. would never see B. had never seen C. have never seen D. never see
26. I _______ my old teacher last week.
A. visited B. visit C. am visiting D. have visited
27. My brother usually ________me for help when he has any difficulties with his homework.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. has asked
28. I ______ all of my homework last night.
A. finish B. will finish C. have finished D. finished
29. Lan________ learning English a few years ago.
A. starts B. will start C. started D. is starting
30. Only after she________from a severe illness did she realize the importance of good health.
A. would recover B. has recovered
C. had recovered D. was recovering
31. Only after the bus________for a few miles did Jane realize she was on the wrong route.
A. was running B. had run C. has run D. runs
32. The children________to bed before their parents came home from work.
A. were all going B. had all gone C. had all been going D. have all gone
33. Paul noticed a job advertisement while he________along the street.

Page 13
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. was walking B. would walk C. walked D. had walked
34. I haven’t met him again since we________school ten years ago.
A. have left B. leave C. left D. had left
35. For the last 20 years, we________significant changes in the world of science and technology.
A. witness B. have witnessed C. witnessed D. are witnessing
36. My best friend Lan________to England 10 years ago.
A. was moving B. moves C. moved D. has moved
37. Mr.Pike________for this company for more than thirty years, and he intends to stay here until
he________.
A. worked/retires B. works/is retiring
C. has been working/retires D. is working/will retire
38. While I________at the bus stop, three buses went by in the opposite direction.
A. was waiting B. waited C. had waited D. were waiting
39. By the end of last March, I________English for five years.
A. had been studied B. had been studying
C. will have been studying D. will have studied
40. ________Alan for hours but he hasn’t answered his mobile. I hope nothing’s wrong.
A. I call B. I’ve been calling C. I’m calling D. called
41. We________in silence when he suddenly________me to help him.
A. walked - was asking B. were walking - asked
C. were walking - was asking D. walked - asked
42. By the time the software________on sale next month, the company________$2 million on developing it.
A. went - had spent B. will go - has spent
C. has gone - will spend D. goes - will have spent
43. When Carol________last night, I________my favorite show on television.
A. called /was watching B. had called /watched
C. called /have watched D. was calling /watched
44. Linda took great photos of butterflies while she________in the forest.
A. was hiking B. is hiking C. hiked D. had hiked
45. When I________for my sister in front of the supermarket, a strange man came to talk with me.
A. was waiting B. waited C. had waited D. were waiting

MODULE 4: THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES


Page 14
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Mộ t câ u có thể bao gồ m mộ t mệnh đề chính (main clause) và mộ t hoặ c nhiều mệnh đề phụ
(subordinate clause). Khi trong câ u có hai mệnh đề trở lên, cá c độ ng từ phả i có sự phố i hợ p về thì.
 Một số cách hòa hợp thì giữa mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề thời gian:
Main clause Adverbial clause of time
(Mệnh đề chính) (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian)
Hiện tại Hiện tại
Quá khứ Quá khứ
Tương lai Hiện tại
1. Sự phối hợp thì trong mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian:
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ đơn)
diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y Eg: When he saw me, he smiled, at me.
ra nố i tiếp nhau Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai đơn)
Eg: When I see him, I will remind him to call you.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ tiếp diễn)
diễn tả mộ t hà nh Eg: When I came to see her, she was cooking dinner.
độ ng đang xả y ra thì
WHEN có hà nh độ ng khá c
Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
xen và o
WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai tiếp diễn)
Eg: When you come in, your boss will be waiting for you there.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
diễn tả mộ t hà nh Eg: When I arrived at the airport, the plane had taken off
độ ng xả y ra xong
trướ c mộ t hà nh độ ng Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
khá c WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V(tương lai hoàn thành)
Eg: When you return to the town, they will have finished building a new
bridge.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
AS SOON AS + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ đơn)
AS Eg: As soon as she saw a mouse, she shouted and ran away.
diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y
SOON Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
ra nố i tiếp nhau
AS AS SOON AS + S + V (hiện tại đơn/hiện tại hoàn thành), S + V
(tương lai đơn)
Eg: I will call you as soon as I have finished / finish the work.
S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành) + SINCE + V (quá khứ đơn)
SINCE diễn tả nghĩa “từ khi’’
Eg: We have known each other since we were at high school.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
diễn tả hà nh độ ng kết BY + trạng từ của quá khứ + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
BY + thú c tính đến mộ t Eg: By last month, we had worked for the company for 9 years.
TIME điểm nà o đó trong Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
quá khứ /tương lai BY + trạng từ của tương lai + S + V (tương lai hoàn thành)
Eg: By next month, we will have worked for the company for 9 years.
AT diễn tả hà nh độ ng Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
THIS/ đang xả y ra tạ i mộ t AT THIS/THAT TIME + trạng từ của quá khứ + S + V (quá khứ
THAT thờ i điểm xác định tiếp diễn)
Page 15
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Eg: At this time last week, we were preparing for Tet.
trong quá khứ /tương Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
TIME AT THIS/THAT TIME + trạng từ của tương lai + S + V (tương lai
lai
tiếp diễn)
Eg: At this time next week, we will be having a big party in the garden.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
BY THE TIME + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
BY THE diễn tả nghĩa “và o Eg: By the time she got home, everyone had gone to bed.
TIME lú c” Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
BY THE TIME + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai hoàn thành)
Eg: By the time she gets home, everyone will have gone to bed.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
AFTER + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành), S + V (quá khứ đơn)
diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y Eg: After she had done her homework, she went out for a walk.
AFTER ra xong rồ i mớ i tớ i
hà nh độ ng khá c Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
AFTER + S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành), S + V (hiện tại đơn)
Eg: After she has done her homework, she goes out for a walk.
Trong QUÁ KHỨ :
BEFORE + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y Eg: Before she went to bed, she had locked all the doors.
BEFOR
ra xong trướ c khi có
E Trong TƯƠNG LAI:
hà nh độ ng khá c tớ i
BEFORE + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai hoàn thành)
Eg: Hurry up or the film will have ended before we go to the movie.
S + V (tương lai đơn)/ V(bare)/DON’T + V(bare) + UNTIL/TILL +
UNTIL/ diễn tả nghĩa “cho tớ i S + V (hiện tại đơn/hiện tại hoàn thành)
TILL khi” Eg: I will wait for you until it is possible.
Wait here until I come back.
 CHANGE INTO THE PAST SIMPLE  PRESENT SIMPLE PERFECT

1.S + Last +V2/ed + time +ago/in+ mốc thời gian./when + clause


=> S +have/has + not + V3/ed + for +khoảng thời gian.
+ since + mốc thời gian.
=>It’s + time + since + S +last +V2/ed
=>The last time + S + V2/ed +was+ time + ago
2.This is the first time + S + have/has + V3/ed
=>S + have/has + never + V3/ed + before
3.S started/began + Ving/to V +………………+khoảng thời gian +ago
+……………...In + mốc thời gian./when + clause
=>S + have/has + V3/ed +for + khoảng thời gian
+since + mốc thời gian
4.When + did + S + started/begin + to V/Ving………..?
=>How long + have/has + S + V3/ed….?

PRACTISES Page 16
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I ________ your brother at Green Street yesterday afternoon.
A. meet B. met C. have met D. had met
2. He ________ a cigarette and ________ to the window.
A. light; walked B. lit; walks C. lighted; walked D. lights; walks
3. After she ________ for help, she ________ off her shoes and ________ in to save him.
A. shouted; took; jumped B. had shouted; took; jumped
C. had shouted; had taken; jumped D. shouted; had taken; jumped
4. I can't go with you because I ________ my homework yet.
A. haven't finished B. had finished C. finished D. finish
5. He ________ for London 2 years ago and since then I ________ him.
A. have left; didn't see B. left; haven't seen
C. eft; hadn't seen D. had left; have't seen
6. The performance ________ at 7 o'clock and ________ for 3 hours. We all ________ it very much.
A. had started; had lasted; enjoyed B. had started; lasted; enjoyed
C. started; had lasted; enjoyed D. started; lasted; enjoyed
7. Tell them to stop and take a rest. They ________ long enough.
A. have worked B. had worked C. have been working D. had been working
8. "You ________ here before?” □ "Yes, I ________ my holidays here last year.”
A. have you been; spended B. have you been; spent
C. had you been; spent D. were you; spent
9. We ________ our housework by tomorrow evening.
A. will finish B. will have finished
C. will be finishing D. are going to finish
10. "Your face is dirty, Tom.” - "All right, I ________ it.”
A. am washing B. am going to wash C. will wash D. will have washed
11. Coming into the room, he ________ Mary where he ________ her.
A. see; left B. saw; had left C. had seen; left D. saw; was leaving
12. I ________ from him since he ________ two years ago.
A. hadn't heard; disappeared B. haven't heard; disappeared
C. didn't hear; has disappeared D. will not hear; disappears
13. After the guests ________ she ________ back into the living-room and ________ off the light.
A. left; went; turned B. had left; had gone; turned
C. have leftt; will got; turned D. had left; went; turned
14. By the time you finish cooking they ________ their homework.
A. will have finished B. will finish C. had finished D. have finished
15. "You have just missed the last train.” □ "Never mind. I ________”
A. will be walking B. am going to walk C. will walk D. am walking

MODULE 5: SUBJECT AND VERB AGREEMENTS


Page 17
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Quy tắc chung:


Chủ ngữ là danh từ số ít hoặ c danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c đi cù ng độ ng từ số ít và chủ ngữ số nhiều đi
cù ng độ ng từ số nhiều.
Tuy nhiên, đô i khi chủ ngữ cò n hoà hợ p vớ i độ ng từ tuỳ theo ý tưở ng diễn đạ t hoặ c danh từ /đạ i từ
đứ ng trướ c theo cá c quy tắ c nhấ t định. Sau đâ y là mộ t số quy tắ c cơ bả n về sự hoà hợ p giữ a chủ ngữ và
độ ng từ :
Chủ ngữ là danh từ và cụ m danh từ số ít.
Chủ ngữ là cá c đạ i lượ ng chỉ thờ i gian, khoả ng cá ch, tiền bạ c, hay sự đo lườ ng.
Chủ ngữ là cá c đạ i từ bấ t định: someone, anything, nothing, eve-eryone,
another…
Chủ ngữ là mệnh đề danh từ Ex: All I want to do now is to sleep.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “to infinitive” hoặ c “V-ing”.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng cụ m từ “Many a”.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u là mộ t phâ n số có tử số là 1. Ex: 1/2 is larger than 1/3.
Chủ ngữ là mộ t số danh từ đặ c biệt có hình thứ c số nhiều: mô n họ c (Physics,
Maths), mô n thể thao (billards, athletics…), tin tứ c (news), cá c loạ i bệnh
(rabies, measles…) , tên 1 số quố c gia và tổ chứ c (UN, the United States,
V (số ít) the Philipines…), loà i độ ng vậ t (ants, elephants…)
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng: Most of/All of/Plenty of/ + N (không đếm được/số ít).
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “The number of + N (số nhiều)”.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “None of + N (số nhiều)/ No + N (số ít)”.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng N1 (số ít) of N2.
Chủ ngữ là cụ m danh từ chỉ nhó m độ ng vậ t (số ít) mang nghĩa “bầy, đàn”:
flock of birds/sheep, school of fish, pride of lion, pack of dogs, herd of cattle…
A large amount/A great deal + N (không đếm được/ số ít).
Neither (of)/Either of + N (số nhiều)
Ex:
- Neither restaurants is expensive.
- Either of them works in this company.
Chủ ngữ là mộ t tự a đề.
Ex: “Chi pheo” is a famous work of Nam Cao.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “A pair of + N (số nhiều)”.
Ex: A pair of pants is in the drawer.
Chủ ngữ là danh từ và cụ m danh từ số nhiều.
Ex: Oranges are rich in vitamin C
Mộ t số danh từ kết thú c bằ ng “s” nhưng dù ng số nhiều: people, police,
cattle, children, geese, mice…
Ex: People are searching for something to eat.
Hai chủ ngữ nố i nhau bằ ng “and” và có quan hệ đẳ ng lậ p
Ex: Jane and Mary are my best friends.
V (số nhiều) Tuy nhiên, nếu 2 danh từ cù ng chỉ mộ t ngườ i, mộ t bộ phậ n hoặ c 1 mó n ă n…
thì độ ng từ chia ở số ít. (Lưu ý: khô ng có “the” ở trướ c danh từ sau “and”.)
Ex: Bread and butter is their daily food.
Cấ u trú c “both N1 and N2”
Ex: Both Betty and Joan are cooking for their dinner party.
Chủ ngữ là 1 đạ i từ : several, both, many, few, all, some + N (số nhiều).
Ex: Several students are absent.

Page 18
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Chủ ngữ là “The + adj”, chỉ mộ t tậ p hợ p ngườ i
Ex: The poor living here need help.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u là mộ t phâ n số có tử số từ 2 trở lên.
Ex: 2/5 are smaller than 1/2.
Cá c danh từ luô n dù ng dạ ng số nhiều (thườ ng đi theo cặ p): trouser, eyeglasses, jeans,
tweezers, shorts, pliers, pants, tongs…
Ex: The pants are in the drawer.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng: Most of/All of/ Plenty of/Some of/Majority of/
The last of/ One of/Half of/Part of/The rest of/Percentage of/A lot of/Lots of/A
third of/Minority of + N (số nhiều).
Ex: Most of people in the factory are male.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “A number of + N (số nhiều).
Ex: A number of students going to class decrease.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “No + N (số nhiều).
Ex: No people understand what he says.
Chủ ngữ bắ t đầ u bằ ng “N1 (số nhiều) of N2”.
Ex: The studies of how living things work are called philosophy.
Chủ ngữ là cụ m danh từ chỉ nhó m độ ng vậ t (số nhiều) mang nghĩa “bầ y, đà n”:
flocks of birds/sheep; schools of fish; prides of lion; packs of dogs; herds of cattle…
Ex: Flocks of birds are flying to its destination.

Chủ ngữ đượ c nố i vớ i nhau bở i cá c liên từ : “as long as, as well as, with,
together with, along with, in addition to, accompanied by”.
V chia theo chủ
Ex:
ngữ đầu tiên
- She, along with her classmates, is going to university this year.
- Mrs. Smith together with her sons is going abroad.

Either …or…
Neither … nor…
Not only … but also…
V chia theo các
… or…
danh từ thứ 2
… nor…
Not… but…

PRACTISES
Page 19
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. One of ________________________ a goldfish bowl on her kitchen table.
a. my friend keep c. my friend keeps
b. my friends keep d. my friends keeps
2. Every ____________________ love.
a. man, woman and child needs c. man, woman and child need
b. men, women and children needs d. men, women and children need
3. One of the girls who ____________________ in this office ____________________ my niece
a. works / is b. works / are c. work / is d. work / are
4. Neither Lan nor her parents ____________________ the film.
a. like b. likes c. is like d. are like
5. Each ____________________ the same as the day before.
a. days was b. day was c. days were d. day were
6. More men than ____________________ left handed.
a. woman are b. woman is c. women are d. women is
7. Every one of the students ____________________ on time for class
a. is b. are c. were d. have been
8. There ____________________ some money on the table.
a. are b. were c. have been d. is
9. This information about taxes ____________________ helpful
a. were b. have been c. is d. are
10. The vegetables in the bowl on the table ____________________ fresh.
a. looks b. smells c. are d. is
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
1. A basic knowledge of social studies, such as history and geography, are considered
A B C
basic part of the education of every child.
D
2. Lan together with her boyfriends are working in groups to find out
A B C D
the solution to that problem.
3. Each of the members of the group were made to write a report every week.
A B C D
4. 1.6 billion gallons were sold every year, in over one hundred and sixty countries.
A B C D
5. Buying clothes is often a time-consuming practice because those clothes that a
A B
person likes is seldom the ones that fit him or her.
C D
6. Most bacteria has strong cell walls much like those of the plants.
A B C D
Page 20
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
7. Measles have not yet been eradicated because of the controversy concerning
A B C D
immunization.
8. Whether life in the countryside is better than that in the city depend on each
A B C
individual’s point of view.
D
9. Never before has so many people in the United States been interested in soccer.
A B C D
10. She is among the few who wants to quit smoking instead of cutting down.
A B C D
11. Each of the nurses report to the operating room when his or her name is called.
A B C D
12. As a result of the Women’s Movement, women now holds positions
A B
that were once restricted to men.
C D
13. One of the students who are being considered for the scholarship
A B C
are from this university.
D
14. Mrs. Steven, along with her cousins from New Mexico, are planning to attend the
A B C D
festivities
15. The mining of minerals often bring about the destruction of landscapes and wildlife
A B C D
habitats.
16. The governor, with his wife and children, are at home watching the election
A B C
returns on TV.
D
17. Neither Russia nor the United States have been able to discover a mutually
A B C
satisfactory plan for gradual disarmament.
D
18. The office furniture that was ordered last month have just arrived, but we’re not sure
A B
whether the manager likes it.
C D
19. What happened in that city were a reaction from city workers, including firemen and
A B C
policemen who had been laid off from their jobs.
D
20. That these students have improved their grades because of their participation in the
A B C D

Page 21
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
test review class.
21. There are a car and two vans in front of my house.
A B C D
22. Fifty minutes are the maximum length of time allotted for the exam.
A B C D
23. The world is becoming more industrialized and the number of animal species that
A B
have become extinct have increased.
C D
24. The number of homeless people in Nepal have increased sharply due to the recent
A B C
severe earthquake.
D
25. Upon reaching the destination, a number of personnel is expected to change their
A B C
reservations and proceed to Hawaii.
D
26. The assumption that smoking has bad effects on our health have been proved.
A B C D
27. Neither the Minister nor his colleagues has given an explanation for the chaos in
A B C
the financial market last week.
D
28. On the floor of the Pacific Ocean is hundreds of flat-tipped mountains more than
A B C
a mile beneath sea level.
D
29. The Netherland, with much of its land lying lower than sea level, have system of
A B C
dikes and canals for controlling water.
D
30. Maths were one of his favourite subjects when he was at primary school.
A B C D

MODULE 6:MODAL VERBS


Page 22
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

I. Định nghĩa
- Độ ng từ khuyết thiếu là độ ng từ nhưng lạ i khô ng chỉ hà nh độ ng mà nó chỉ giú p bổ nghĩa cho độ ng từ
chính.
- Nhữ ng độ ng từ khuyết thiếu nà y có thể dù ng chung cho tấ t cả cá c ngô i và khô ng chia theo thì. Cá c
độ ng từ theo sau độ ng từ khuyết thiếu nà y đượ c giữ nguyên thể.
- Cá c độ ng từ khuyết thiếu thườ ng dù ng là : can, could, may, might, shall, should, will, would, must,
ought to, need, have to.
II. Cách dùng
1. Modal verb + V1
Modal Verbs Cách dùng Ví dụ Chú ý
Diễn tả khả nă ng hiện Can và Could cò n đượ c dù ng
- I can swim - Tôi có thể
tạ i hoặ c tương lai mà trong câ u hỏ i đề nghị/xin phép,
bơi.
Can mộ t ngườ i có thể là m yêu cầ u.
- It can rain - Trời có thể
đượ c gì, hoặ c mộ t sự Ví dụ :
mưa.
việc có thể xả y ra. - Could you please wait a
- My brother could speak moment? - Bạn có thể đợi một
Diễn tả khả nă ng xả y ra English when he was five - lát được không?
Could
trong quá khứ . Anh trai tôi đã có thể nói - Can I sit here? - Tôi có thể ngồi
tiếng Anh khi anh ấy 5 tuổi. đây được không?
- You must get up early in
the morning - Bạn phải
Diễn đạ t sự cầ n thiết,
dậy sớm vào buổi sáng.
bắ t buộ c ở hiện tạ i hoặ c
- You must be tired after
tương lai. Mustn't - chỉ sự cấ m đoá n
work hard - Bạn chắc chắn
Must Đưa ra lờ i khuyên hoặ c Ví dụ : You mustn't smoke here -
sẽ mệt sau khi làm việc
suy luậ n mang tính chắ c Bạn không được hút thuốc ở đây.
chăm chỉ.
chắ n, yêu cầ u đượ c
- You must be here before
nhấ n mạ nh.
8 a.m - Bạn phải có mặt ở
đây trước 8 giờ.
I have to wear helmets
Diễn tả sự cầ n thiết phả i
when driving a motorbike.
là m gì nhưng là do Don't have to = Don't need to/
Have to - Tôi phải đội mũ bảo hiểm
khá ch quan (nộ i quy, needn't (chỉ sự khô ng cầ n thiết)
khi đi xe máy. (Luậ t quy
quy định…).
định như vậ y)
Diễn tả điều gì có thể - May và might dù ng để xin phép
It may be a bomb - Nó có
May xả y ra ở hiện tạ i nhưng nhưng có tính chấ t trang trọ ng
thể là một quả bom.
khô ng chắ c. hơn can/ could. Nhưng might ít
Might Diễn tả điều gì có thể - She might not be in his đượ c dù ng trong vă n nó i, chủ
xả y ra ở quá khứ . house. - Cô ấy có lẽ không yếu trong câ u giá n tiếp:
Might đượ c dù ng khô ng ở nhà anh ta nữa. - May I turn on TV?
phả i là quá khứ củ a - Where is John? I don't - I wonder if he might go there
May. know. He may/might go alone.
out with his friends. - John
ở đâu rồi? - Tôi không biết.

Page 23
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Có lẽ anh ấy ra ngoài với
bạn.
- Tomorrow will be sunny.
Diễn đạ t, dự đoá n sự
- Ngày mai trời sẽ nắng.
việc xả y ra trong tương
- Did you buy sugar? Oh,
Will lai.
sorry. I'll go now. - Bạn có Dù ng Will hay Would trong câ u
Đưa ra mộ t quyết định
mua đường không? - Ồ, xin đề nghị, yêu cầ u, lờ i mờ i.
tạ i thờ i điểm nó i.
lỗi. Giờ mình sẽ đi mua. Will you have a cup of coffee?
Diễn tả mộ t giả định xả y He was so tired. He would Would you like a cake?
ra hoặ c dự đoá n sự việc get up late tomorrow -
Would
có thể xả y ra trong quá Anh ấy rất mệt. Ngày mai,
khứ . chắc anh ấy sẽ dậy muộn.
Dù ng để xin ý kiến, lờ i Where shall we eat
Chỉ dù ng vớ i hai ngô i "I" và
Shall khuyên. "Will" đượ c sử tonight? - Tối nay chúng ta
“We”.
dụ ng nhiều hơn ăn ở đâu?
- You should send this
report by 8th September.
Chỉ sự bắ t buộ c hay bổ n - Bạn nên gửi báo cáo này
phậ n nhưng ở mứ c độ trước ngày 8 tháng Chín.
nhẹ hơn "Must". - You should call her.
Should
Đưa ra lờ i khuyên, ý - She worked hard, she
kiến. should get the best result.
Dù ng để suy đoá n. - Cô ấy học rất chăm, cô ấy
sẽ đạt được kết quả cao
nhất
Chỉ sự bắ t buộ c. Mạ nh You ought not to eat candy
Ought to hơn "Should" nhưng at night. - Bạn không nên
chưa bằ ng "Must". ăn kẹo vào buổi tối.

2.Modal perfect ( khiếm khuyết hoàn thành ) : Modal + have + V3/ed

MUST + HAVE + VP2: chỉ sự suy đoá n logic dự a


Page 24
trên nhữ ng hiện tượ ng có thậ t ở quá khứ
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

SHOULD + HAVE + VP2: chỉ mộ t việc lẽ ra đã


phả i xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng vì lý do nà o đó
lạ i khô ng xả y ra.
CAN’T + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc khô ng thể
đã xảy ra vì có că n cứ , cơ sở rõ rà ng
Modal perfect
NEEDN’T + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc lẽ ra đã
khô ng cầ n thiết phả i là m nhưng đã là m.

MAY/ MIGHT + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc có


thể đã xả y ra nhưng khô ng chắ c chắ n.

COULD + HAVE + VP2: chỉ nhữ ng việc lẽ đã xả y


ra nhưng trên thự c tế thì khô ng

Một số cách biến đổi tương đương:


 be necessary (for O) + to–V = need / have to
 be unnecessary (for O) + to– V = don’t need / don’t have to
Ex: It is unnecessary for him to study many subjects.
He needn’t study many subjects
He does not have to study many subjects.
 be possible / impossible + to-V = can/ cannot + V hoặc may/might
Ex: It is impossible for me to finish it now.
I can't finish it now
 perhaps( có lẽ) = may/might
 it’s better/it’s time …..= should
 be not permited /be not allowed = mustn’t

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. You don't look well. You ______________ see a doctor.
A. could B. need to C. are to D. should
2. She ______________ home yesterday because her little son was sick.
A. could have stayed B. must have stayed
C. had to stay D. should have stayed
3. You ______________ disturb him during his work!
A. should not B. needn't C. mustn't D. don't have to
4. Whose car is this? – It ____________________ be Anton's. I think I saw him driving a red car like this one.

Page 25
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. could B. might C. must D. would
5. Though he was ill and weak, he ______________ get out of the burning building.
A. was able to B. might C. could D. should
6. ____________________ lending me your CD player for a couple of days?
A. Can you B. Would you mind C. Would you D. Could you
7. The windows look clean. You ____________________ wash them.
A. are not to B. needn't C. don't have to D. mustn't
8. I don't believe it. It ____________________ be true.
A. can't B. mustn't C. shouldn't D. wouldn't
9. Young people ____________________ obey their parents.
A. must B. may C. will D. ought to
10. Jenny's engagement ring is enormous! It ____________________ have cost a fortune.
A. must B. might C. will D. should
11. You ____________________ to write them today.
A. should B. must C. had D. ought
12. " ____________________ you hand me that pair of scissors, please?"
A. May B. Will C. Shall D. Should
13. Jeanette did very badly on the exam. She ______________ harder.
A. must have studied B. could have studied
C. should have studied D. must studied
14. Marcela didn't come to class yesterday. She ______________ an accident.
A. should have had B. must have
C. might have D. may have had
15. John still hasn't come out. He ______________ everything for the trip now.
A. must have been preparing B. must be preparing
C. will be preparing D. will have prepared
16. Thomas received a warning for speeding. He ______________ so fast.
A. shouldn't have driven B. should have
C. would have driven D. might have driven
17. The photos are black. The X-ray at the airport ______________ them.
A. should have damaged B. would have damaged
C. would damage D. must have damaged
18. Tom didn't do his homework, so the teacher became very angry. He ______________ his homework.
A. must have done B. should have done
C. might have D. will have done
19. My car stopped on the high way. It ____________________ out of gas.
A. may run B. must be
C. may have run D. should have run
20. I be here by 6 o'clock? - No, you ____________________
A. Shall; mightn't B. Must; needn't C. Will; mayn't D. Might; won't

MODULE 7: THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD


I. Định nghĩa

Page 26
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Câu giả định hay cò n gọ i là câ u cầ u khiến là loạ i câ u đố i tượ ng thứ nhấ t muố n đố i tượ ng thứ hai là m
việc gì. Câ u giả định có tính chấ t cầ u khiến chứ khô ng mang tính ép buộ c như câ u mệnh lênh.
II. Cách sử dụng
Câu giả định chủ yếu đượ c sử dụ ng để nó i đến nhữ ng sự việc khô ng chắ c chắ n sẽ xả y ra. Ví dụ , chú ng
ta sử dụ ng khi nó i về nhữ ng sự việc mà mộ t ai đó :
+ Muố n xả y ra.
+ Dự đoá n sẽ xả y ra.
+ Xả y ra trong tưỏ ’ĩig tượ ng.
III. Phân loại
Thứ c giả định đượ c chia thà nh ba loạ i sau:
Thức giả định: Present Subjunctive (hiện tại giả định).
Past Subjunctive (quá khứ giả định).
Past perfect Subjunctive (quá khứ hoàn thành giả định).
HIỆN TẠI GIẢ ĐỊNH Present
Subjunctive
Form : S1 + V + that + S2 ( not ) + V (bare)

Dùng trong một số câu thành ngữ/ câu cảm thán để thể hiện một ao ước, hi vọng hay một
lời cầu chúc.
(God) Bless you! (Chú a phù hộ cho con)
Heaven/God help sb! (Cầ u chú a phù hộ cho ai)
Long live Vietnam! (Việt Nam muô n nă m)
Heaven forbid! (Lạ y trờ i!)
Success attend you! (Chú c bạ n thà nh cô ng)
Dùng sau một sô các động từ đê thể hiện ý muốn, yêu cầu, đề nghị, gợi ý, ra lệnh:
advise,demand,prefer,require,insist,propose,stipulate,command,move,recommend,suggest,dec
ree,order..

Dùng sau một sô tính từ sau:


important,necessary,urgent,obligatory,essential,advisory,recommended,required,mandatory,p
roposed..
It + be (any tense) + Adj + that + s + (not) + V (present subjunctive)

Những danh từ:


demand,recommendation,insistence,request,proposal,suggestion,preference ,importance

Dùng trong cấu trúc với “would rather" có hai chủ ngữ
S1 + would rather that + S2 + (not) + V (present subjunctive)

QUÁ KHỨ GIẢ ĐỊNH

Past Subjunctive

Page 27
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Dù ng trong câ u điều kiện loạ i 2:


If + S + V (quá khứ đơn) +..., S + would/could + V (nguyên dạng)

Dù ng trong câ u ướ c khô ng có thự c ở hiện tạ i (wish = If only)


(S + wish)/if only + S + V (quá khứ đơn)

Đượ c sử dụ ng sau "as if / as though"


S1 + V (hiện tại đơn) + as if/ as though + S2 + V (quá khứ đơn)

Dù ng trong mẫ u câu “would rather" để chỉ mộ t ao ướ c đố i lậ p vớ i hiện tạ i.


S1 + would rather that + S2 + V (quá khứ đơn)

Dù ng trong cấ u trú c "it's time..."


It's (high/about) time + S + V (quá khứ đơn) = It's time for sb to do st:
(đã đến lúc cho ai đó làm gì)

QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH GIẢ ĐỊNH


Past perfect
Subjunctive

Dù ng trong mệnh đề điều kiện củ a câ u điều kiện loạ i 3


If + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)+..., S + would/ could + have + Vp2

Dù ng sau "wish/ If only" để diễn đạ t ý cầ u mong hoặ c giả định đã khô ng xả y ra trong quá khứ
(S + wish)/if only + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)

Dù ng sau "as if / as though" để chỉ mộ t giả định khô ng có thậ t trong quá khứ .
S1 + V (quá khứ đơn) + as if/as though + S2 + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)

Dù ng vớ i cấ u trú c would rather (hai chủ ngữ ) để chỉ mộ t mong muố n đã khô ng xả y ra trong
quá khứ .
S1 + would rather that + S2 + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)

PRACTISES

Page 28
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. It is necessary that children ______________ of their old parents.
A. takes care B. to take care c. take care D. took care
2. I wish you ______________ complaining about the weather.
A. would stop B. stop c. stopped D. had stopped
3. It is essential that every student ______________ to learn English at university.
A. had B. have c. has D. to have
4. We wish we ______________ a large house but we can't afford it now.
A. have B. had c. can have D. will have
5. My friend won't lend me his car. I wish ______________
A. he lent me his car B. he didn't lend me his car
C. he would lend me his car D. he will lend me his car
6. I'm sorry I haven't got any money on me. I wish ____________________
A. I have got no money on me B. I have some money on me
C. I had some money on me D. I had got no money on me
7. My friends didn’t take part in the game. __________________
A. my friends took part in the game B. my friends had taken part in the game
C. my friends would take part in the game D. my friends did take part in the game
8. It wasn't fine yesterday. I wish ______________
A. it was fine yesterday B. it would fine yesterday
C. it will fine yesterday D. it had been fine yesterday
9. I wish I Psychology when I was a college student.
A. had studied B. would study C. studied D. studied
10. I wish someone ______________ to help me with that work tomorrow.
A. offer B. offered C. would offer D. had offered
11. If only I ______________ play the guitar as well as you!
A. would B. should C. could D. might
12. When I saw Tom, he looked ______________ he had been ill.
A. so B. such as C. the same D. as if
13. Mrs White always talks to her baby as though he ______________ an adult.
A. is B. were C. had been D. will be
14. When he came out of the room, he looked ______________ he had seen a ghost.
A. as B. as though C. when D. if
15. Susan's doctor insists ______________ for a few days.
A. that she is resting B. her resting C. that she rest D. her to rest
16. The doctor suggested that his patient ______________
A. stop smoking B. stops smoking C. stopped smoking D. to stop smoking
17. It is necessary that he ______________ the books.
A. find B. doesn't find C. don't find D. did not find
18. It has been proposed that we ______________ the topic.
A. to change B. changed C. changing D. change
19. It's important that every student ______________ all the lectures.
A. attends B. attend C. has attended D. attended
20. It's time we all ______________ now.

Page 29
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. leave B. to leave C. left D. have left
21. He acts as if he ______________ English perfectly.
A. know B. knew C. have known D. had known
22. She acted as though she______________ him before.
A. knew B. know C. had known D. has known
23. I would rather that I ______________ him to my birthday party yesterday.
A. invited B. have invited C. had invited D. invite
24. She would rather Mary ______________ here right now.
A. be B. were C. was D. were/ was
25. I suggest that he ______________ harder
A. should study B. study C. studied D. should study/ study

MODULE 8:GERUND AND INFINITIVE VERB


GERUND ( DANH ĐỘNG TỪ )
Page 30
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Chức năng của danh động từ

Làm chủ Làm tân Làm bổ Làm ngữ Làm danh


ngữ ngữ ngữ đồng vị từ ghép

PRESENT PARTICIPLE ( HIỆN TẠI PHÂN TỪ )

Dùng trong các thì tiếp diễn: be + Present participle (V-ing)

Dùng như một tính từ (mang nghĩa chủ động và thường


miêu tả vật)

Thay cho một mệnh đề: Mệnh đề độc lập trong câu ghép,
Mệnh đề phụ trong câu, Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian,
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lí do: hai mệnh đề phải cùng chủ từ
Chức năng của
hiện tại phân từ
Cấu trúc câu: S + sit/ stand /lie/come /run (cụm từ chỉ nơi
chốn) + present participle

Cấu trúc: There + be + Noun + present participle

Sau một số động từ trí giác (see, hear, smeỉl, feel, taste,
overhear...), catch, find, spend, waste

TO INFINITIVE VERB ( ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU CÓ TO )

Chức năng của động từ


nguyên mẫu có TO
Page 31
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Làm chủ Làm tân Làm bổ Trong các cấu


ngữ ngữ ngữ trúc

BARE INFINITIVE VERD ( ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU KHÔNG TO )

Sau các trợ động từ tình thái (modal verbs).

Chức năng của


Sau các động từ: let, make, help, see, hearề, feel, watch, notice +
động từ nguyên
tân ngữ.
mẫu không TO

Sau các cụm động từ had better, would rather, had sooner và sau
why hoặc why not.

VERB FORM (BẢNG DẠNG CỦA ĐỘNG TỪ )


V-ing To-V V1 Ving & To-V

Page 32
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
1. Giớ i từ : in, on,at.. 1. agree 1. Sau khiếm 1.allow
2. love , like , enjoy, 2. ask / told / warn khuyết độ ng từ permit
prefer >< hate, 3. choose can - could recommend + O + To-V
dislike 4. decide will – would advise
3. start , begin, give 5. demand have to – had to encourage
up >< stop , finish 6. expect may – might -----------------------------------
4. suggest 7. hope must allow
5. consider : xem xét 8. manage ought to permit
6. mind 9. offer recommend + V-ing
7. imagine 10. plan 2. Sau V tri giá c advise
8. avoid 11. promise See encourage
9. risk 12. refuse Look => Be + V3/ed + To-V
10. miss 13. seem Listen -----------------------------------
11. practice 14. suppose Notice 2.Stop + V-ing : ngừ ng hẳ n
12. postpone 15. tell Watch ( từ bỏ thó i quen )
13. involve 16. want Observe Stop + To-V : ngừ ng để là m
14. admit 17. tend Feel việc khá c
15. deny 18. threaten Taste
16. quit = give up 19. would like Smell
17. keep 20. would love 3.remember
18. spend 22. be able 3. Let forget + V-ing
19. waste 23. wish Make + O regret
20. fancy 24. too….to Have ( diễn tả 1 hđộ ng đã xả y ra
21. can’t help 25. enough to Help trong quá khứ )
22. can’t stand 26. It + be + adj+To-V => Bị độ ng ta -----------------------------------
23. can’t bear 27. It takes dù ng “ To-V” remember
24. be busy 28. Sau cá c nghi vấ n forget + To-V
25. be worth từ how , what , 4. had better regret
26. continute where… would rather (diễn tả 1 hđộ ng sắ p xả y
27. It’s no use 29. sau đạ i từ bấ t had sooner ra)
28. It’s no good định 4.Try + V-ing : thử
29. have trouble Someone , something, 5. do nothing Try + to V : cố gắ ng
30. have difficulty anything…. but 5.Consider + V-ing: xem xét
31. be / get used to 30. Câ u bị độ ng 6. cannot but Consider + to V : quan tâ m
32. go 31. only, first, last 6.like
33. appreciate start + V-ing / To-V
begin ( khô ng thay đổ i
nghĩa )

Lối nói phụ họa

1. Phụ hoạ khẳng định:


Page 33
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Đi với TOO (mang nghĩa CŨNG VẬY)
(and) + S + am/is/are/ was /were + too
S +V…. (and) + S + do/does/did +too
(and) + S + modals + too
My sister is a doctor I am too (tô i cũ ng vậ y)
I work two hours a day She does too
Đi với SO (mang nghĩa CŨNG VẬY nhưng có đảo ngữ)
(and) + so + am/is/are/ was /were + S
S +V…. (and) + so + do/does/did +too + S
(and) + so + modals + S
My sister is a doctor So am I (tô i cũ ng vậ y)
I work two hours a day So does she
I can sing So can he
2. Phụ hoạ phủ định:
Đi với EITHER (mang nghĩa CŨNG KHÔNG)
(and) + S + am/is/are/ was /were + NOT + either
S +V(NOT)…. (and) + S + do/does/did +NOT + either
(and) + S + modals + NOT + either
My sister isn’t a nurse I am not either (tô i cũ ng khô ng)
I doesn’t work on sunday She doesn’t either
I can’t dance He can’t either
Đi với NEITHER (mang nghĩa CŨNG KHÔNG nhưng có đảo ngữ, không có NOT)
(and) + neither + am/is/are/ was /were + S
S +V(NOT)…. (and) + neither + do/does/did +too + S
(and) + neither + modals + S
My sister isn’t a nurse Neither am I (tô i cũ ng khô ng)
I doesn’t work on sunday Neither does she
I can’t dance Neither can he
Lưu ý: Trong câu có chứa “NEVER, NO, RARELY, SELDOM , HARDLY” => dùng phụ hoạ phủ
định

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
Page 34
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
following questions.
1. I couldn't help at his jokes.
A. laugh B. laughing C. to laugh D. laughed
2. Tom offered Jane a ticket to the theater, but she refused to take it.
A. to give B. give C. giving D. to be given
3. Those workers stopped their coffee because they felt tired of their new work.
A. drink B. drank C. drinking D. to drink
4. He asked them
A. help him B. should help him C. to help him D. help to him
5. Mr Minh advised my family leaving Vietnam.
A. to think B. not to think C. against D. against to
6. I hope that woman again.
A. to see B. of seeing C. seeing D. have seen
7. She wasted much time her old pair of shoes.
A. mend B. to mend C. mending D. to be mended
8. He regrets lazy last year. He lost his job.
A. to be B. be C. been D. being
9. She remembered that woman last month.
A. of seeing B. to see C. seeing D. have seen
10.David tried his best , but his girlfriend refused
A. explaining; to listen B. explaining; listening
C. to explain; to listen D. to explain; listening
11.Willy denied a whole bag of chocolate chip cookies before lunch.
A. eat B. to eat C. having eaten D. eaten
12.I was delighted my old friends again.
A. to see B. seeing C. seen D. to be seen
13.We regret you that we cannot approve your suggestion.
A. inform B. to inform C. informing D. informed
14.Have you ever considered a pharmacist?
A. become B. becoming C. to become D. became
15.You had better at home until you feel better.
A. staying B. stayed C. to stay D. stay
16.I remember my mother said the grass in the garden needed .
A. to hear; cutting B. hear; cut C. heard; to cut D. hearing; cutting
17.My teacher doesn't allow us while he is explaining the lesson.
A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. talked
18.
19.We have plenty of time. We needn't

Page 35
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. hurry B. to hurry C. hurrying D. hurried
20.I promised on time. I mustn't late.
A. be; be B. to be; to be C. to be; be D. be; to be
21.My daughter sometimes practices _____ _ English with her friends after school.
A. to speaking B. to speak C. speak D. speaking

22.When Tommy started to learn French, he had a difficult time _______ the words correctly.
A. pronounce B. pronunciation C. pronouncing D. to pronounce

23.Most women expect________________more help with the housework from their husbands.
A. to get B. getting C. get D. to getting

24.Your house needs ____________________.


A. redecorated B. redecorating C. being redecorated D. to redecorate

25.I can’t read when I am traveling. It makes me __________sick.


A. feel B. to feel C. felt D. feeling

26.I suggest _____________some more mathematical puzzles.


A. do B. to do C. doing D. done

27.Have you ever considered ______________a pharmacist?


A. become B. becoming C. to become D. became

28.My father wanted me __________a pilot.


A. become B. to become C. becoming D. became

29.Please wait a minute. My boss is busy ___________something.


A. write B. writing C. to write D. to writing

30.My teacher doesn’t allow us ___________while he is explaining the lesson.


A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. talked

31.I promised __________on time. I mustn’t be late.


A. be B. to be C. being D. am

32.Mary and I are looking forward ___________you.


A. of seeing B. for seeing C. to seeing D. to see

33.The students are used to ____________in the school library.


A. working B. work C. to work D. worked

34.Our room needs ____________up.


A. tidied B. to tide C. tidy D. tidying

35.“Was the test long?”. “Yes, John was the only one ___________it”
A. to finish B. finishing C. finished D. finish

36.If he really doesn’t feel like _________now, I suggested that he should go out for some fresh air.
A. work B. to work C. worked D. working

Page 36
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

MODULE 9: TAG QUESTIONS


Câ u hỏ i đuô i (tag question) là dạ ng câ u hỏ i rấ t hay đượ c sử dụ ng trong tiếng Anh, đặ c biệt là tiếng Anh
giao tiếp. Câ u hỏ i đuô i là cấ u hỏ i ngắ n ở cuố i câ u trầ n thuậ t. Câ u hỏ i nà y đượ c dù ng khi ngườ i nó i
muố n xá c minh thô ng tin là đú ng hay khô ng hoặ c khi khuyến khích mộ t sự hồ i đá p từ phía ngườ i nghe.
Ví dụ:She is learning English now, isn't she? (Cô ấy đang học tiếng Anh bây giờ phải không?)
B. Công thức chung: S + V +…………………….,trợ động từ + S( ĐẠI TỪ )
-Nếu câ u nó i trướ c dấ u phẩ y là khẳ ng định thì câ u hỏ i đuô i là phủ định và ngượ c lạ i.
Dưới đây là bảng tóm tắc cách thành lập câu hỏi đuôi.
Statement Tag questions
I am……… aren’t I ?
I am not……… am I ?
Động từ khiếm khuyết Can’t/couldn’t/shouldn’t/won’t………+
S + can/could/should/will……… S?
Động từ thường Sử dụng trợ động từ: Do/does/did
S + V1…………….., Don’t + S?
S + Vs/es………….., Doesn’t + S?
S + V2/ed…………, Didn’t + S?
S + have/has/had + V3/ed……………, Haven’t/hasn’t/hadn’t + S ?
S + is/are/was/were………………, Isn’t/aren’t/wasn’t/weren’t + S?
S + used to + V………, Didn’t + S ?
S +’d better/had better + V…………, Hadn’t + S?
S +’d rather/would rather/would like + V…………, Would + S?
There + is/are/was/were……………., Isn’t/aren’t/wasn’t/weren’t + S?
Let’s + V………, Shall we+?
Chủ từ là : No one/nobody/anyone/anybody/ ……………..+ they ?
everyone/everybody/someone/somebody
Chủ từ là : nothing/anything/something/ ………………+ it?
Everything…………..
Chủ từ là this/that………….. ………………+ it?
Chủ từ là these/those………. ……………..+ they ?
Trong câ u có cá c từ phủ định:no/none/without Câ u hỏ i đuô i khẳ ng định không có N’T
Neither/hardly/seldom/rarely/little/never/few.
S + ought to………, Shouldn’t + S?
Câu mệnh lệnh Will you?
=> cấu trúc:" I + think/believe/suppose/…." + mệnh đề phụ thì ta dùng động từ trong
mệnh đề phụ để xác định động từ cho câu hỏi đuôi.
Ex: I think she will meet him, won't she?
Cũng mẫu cấu trúc này nhưng nếu chủ từ không phải là "I" thì dùng động từ chính trong
câu (think/believe/suppose/...) để xác định động từ cho câu hỏi đuôi.
Ex: She thinks he will come, dosen’t she?
Page 37
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. The cases of COVID 19 outside China have increased 13 fold,________?
A. hasn’t they B. haven’t they C. will they D. don’t they
2. What you have said is wrong,_________?
A. isn’t it B. haven’t you C. is it D. have you
3. COVID 19 can be characterized as a pandemic, ________?
A. can it B. can’t it C. isn’t it D. can’t they
4. The coronavirus had already overwhelmed China, South Korea, Iran and Italy,________?
A. hadn’t it B. hasn’t it C. didn’t it D. wasn’t it
5. Health authorities have activated their most serious response level,________?
A. haven’t it B. hadn’t they C. have it D. haven’t they
6. Your mother is cooking in the kitchen,_________?
A. isn’t she B. doesn’t she C. won’t she D. is she
7. Chinese officials quickly shut down Wuhan market,_________?
A. doesn’t it B. didn’t they C. hadn’t they D. do they
8. There are no easy ways to succeed,________?
A. are there B. aren’t there C. aren’t they D. are they
9. No one is a better cook than my sister, ________?
A. aren’t they B. is he C. are they D. is it
10. They’ll buy a new apartment, ________?
A. will they B. won’t they C. don’t they D. will not they
11. This house is not safe, ________?
A. isn’t this B. isn’t it C. is it D. is this
12. Ba rarely goes out at night, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. isn’t he D. does he
13. Everybody looks tired, ________?
A. doesn’t it B. don’t they C. does it D. do they
14. I’m a bad man, ________?
A. am not I B. isn’t I C. aren’t I D. am I
15. I think she is a dentist, ________?
A. don’t I B. isn’t she C. do I D. is she
16. I don’t think you are an engineer, ________?
A. do I B. aren’t you C. are you D. don’t I
17. Let’s turn off the lights before going out, ________?
A. shall we B. will you C. shan’t we D. won’t you
18. Don’t be late, ________?
A. are you B. shall we C. do you D. will you
19. Someone wants a drink, ________?
A. doesn’t it B. don’t they C. do they D. doesn’t he
20. Nobody phoned, ________?

Page 38
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. do they B. didn’t they C. will she D. did they
21. I should keep silent, ________?
A. shouldn’t I B. don’t I C. should I D. do I
22. He mightn’t get there in time, ________?
A. might he B. may he C. mightn’t he D. mayn’t he
23. Everything is fine, ________?
A. aren’t they B. isn’t it C. are they D. is it
24. I wish to study English, __________________?
A. don’t I B. do I C. may I D. mayn’t I
25. What a nice dress, ________?
A. is it B. isn’t it C. doesn’t it D. does it
26. One can be one’s master, ________?
A. can’t you B. can’t one C. can she D. A&B
27. You’d better stay at home, ________?
A. hadn’t you B. had you C. don’t you D. do you
28. You’d rather learn English, ________?
A. hadn’t you B. would you C. had you D. wouldn’t you
29. You don’t believe Peter can do it, ________?
A. do you B. can’t he C. can he D. don’t you
30. These are 3 oranges you bought yesterday, ________?
A. aren’t they B. are they C. are these D. aren’t these
31. He seldom helps her, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. does he C. did he D. didn’t he
32. They never go to the library with US, ________?
A. do they B. did they C. don’t they D. didn’t they
33. Mary and Peter don’t like English, ________?
A. do they B. do Mary and Peter C. are they D. aren’t they
34. I am not a liar, ________?
A. am I B. aren’t I C. do I D. don’t I
35. What you have just said is not true, ________?
A. is it B. isn’t it C. haven’t you D. has it
36. Lucy has been studying English for 4 years, ________?
A. has she B. is she C. hasn’t she D. isn’t she
37. It seems that you are telling me a lie, ________?
A. doesn’t it B. does it C. aren’t you D. are you
38. You need take a rest, ________?
A. don’t you B. needn’t you C. need you D. A&B
39. Let me take care of you, ________?
A. may I B. will I C. shall we D. don’t I
40. The ticket to London doesn’t cost a lot, ________?
A. does it B. isn’t it C. is it D. doesn’t it
41. They must study hard, ________?
A. mustn’t they B. need they C. must they D. needn’t they
42. You mustn’t come late, ________?
A. need you B. must you C. needn’t you D. mustn’t you

Page 39
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
43. She wishes to go to Singapore, ________?
A. may she B. doesn’t she C. does she D. mayn’t she
44. Let’s go for a walk, ________?
A. shall we B. will you C. shan’t we D. won’t you
45. You must have left your purse at home, ________?
A. don’t he B. haven’t you C. doesn’t he D. did they
46. She must have been very happy when you told her the news, ________?
A. need she B. mustn’t she C. isn’t she D. hasn’t she
47. You must be tired now, ________?
A. needn’t you B. aren’t you C. mustn’t you D. haven’t you
48. You’ve never been to Italy, ________?
A. have you B. were you C. haven’t you D. weren’t you
49. This picture is yours, ________?
A. is it B. isn’t it C. is this D. isn’t this
50. He ought to be home by seven o’clock, ________?
A. shouldn’t he B. mayn’t he C. needn’t he D. mustn’t he
51.No one is better cook than his mother, ______?
A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they D. aren’t they
52.Do it right now, ______?
A. will you B. shall you C. do you D. don’t you
53.There are no easy ways to learn a foreign language, _______?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
54.He seldom goes to the library, ______?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
55.Let’s go for a long walk, ______?
A. will we B. shall we C .don’t you D. do you
56.I think he will join us, _____?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
57.The film is good, _______________?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
58.You are going to the party, ____________?
A. is you B. are you C. aren’t you D. were you
59.He can speak English, _________________ ?
A. can he B. can’t he C. can’t him D. could he
60.You don’t know him,__________________ ?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
61.Lan speaks Chinese very well, __________?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. is she D. was she
62.John has worked hard, _________________?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
63.They invited him to the party, ___________?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
64.They are leaving here tomorrow________?
A. do they B. are they C. aren’t they D. did they
65.I’m a bit late, ______?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I

Page 40
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

MODULE 10: COMPARISONS

EQUALITY
S1 + V + as + ADJ / ADV + as + S2.
S1 + V + as + much/many +as + S2
S1 + V + the same (+Noun) + as + S2

COMPARATIVE
S1 + V + short adj + ER + THAN + S2
S1 + V + MORE + long adj + THAN + S2
* MUCH + SO SÁNH HƠN

DOUBLE COMPARISON
1. Càng ngày càng ( So sánh hơn and so sánh hơn )
- Short adj + ER and short adj + ER
CÁC LOẠI SO SÁNH ( hotter and hotter )
- more and more + long adj ( more and more
beautiful
2. Càng …..càng
The + so sánh hơn + S V , The + so sánh hơn + S V )

SUPERLATIVE
S1 + V + THE + short adj + EST + N
S1 + V +THE MOST + long adj + N

COMPARE LESS
S + V + less + adj + than ….
SO SÁNH KÉM NHẤT
S + V + the least + adj….

MULTIPLE NUMBERS COMPARISON


S1 + V + twice/ three time..+ as much as + S2
S1 + V + twice/ three time..+ as many as + S2

THẾ NÀO LÀ TÍNH TỪ NGẮN,TÍNH TỪ DÀI


Short adj ( tính từ ngắn ) : 1 âm tiết ( hot, cold ) hoặc 2 âm tân cùng là y, er, et, ow
Long adj ( tính từ dài ) : từ 2 âm trở lên
 Cách chuyển các tính từ/ trạng từ sang dạng so sánh hơn/ so sánh nhất:
- Thêm “ er”/ “est” và o tính từ /trạ ng từ có mộ t hoặ c hai â m tiết.
- Dù ng “ more/most + adj/adv” có ba â m tiết trở lên.
- Dù ng “ more + tính từ kết thú c bằ ng cá c tiếp vĩ ngữ : “ ed, ful, ing, ish, ous”
- Gấ p đô i phụ â m cuố i củ a tính từ mộ t â m tiết kết thú c bằ ng 1 phụ â m đơn( trừ w, x, z) và đứ ng
trướ c mộ t nguyên â m đơn.
- Khi tính từ có 2 â m tiết nhưng kết thú c bằ ng mộ t phụ â m “y” thì ta đổ i “y” => “ I” và thêm “ er”/
“est”
- Khi adj có 2 âm tiết là “er, y, le, et và ow” => thêm “er/est” như adj/adv 1 âm tiết.

Page 41
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP NGOẠI LỆ


Adj/adv so sánh hơn so sánh nhất
1. good/well better best
2. bad/badly worse worst
3. many/much more most
4. little less least
5. far farther farthest (về khoả ng cá ch)
Further furthest (về thờ i gian)
6. near nearer nearest (về khoả ng cá ch)
next (về thứ tự )
7. late later latest (về thờ i gian)
last (về thứ tự )
8. old older oldest (về tuổ i tá c)
eldest (về cấ p bậ c hơn là tuổ i tá c)

ADJ tận cùng bằng “ED” và “ING”


ADJ –ED ADJ –ING
( chỉ cảm xúc , trạng thái của con người ) ( mô tả tính chất , đặc điểm sự vật )
Ex: Jane is bored because her job is boring
Ex: The news was shocking
Ex: We were shocked when we heard the news
1. surprised (ngạ c nhiên, số c) 1. Surprising (tuyệt vờ i, bấ t ngờ )
2. disappointed (vỡ mộ ng, thấ t vọ ng) 2. Disappointing (thấ t vọ ng)
3. tired (mệt mỏ i, kiệt sứ c) 3. Tiring (tẻ nhạ t, mệt mỏ i)
4. fascinated (thờ ơ, Enchanted) 4. Fascinating (duyên dá ng, quyến rũ )
5. mused (ngạ c nhiên, vui vẻ) 5. Amusing (funny, funny) 
6. astonished (ngạ c nhiên, số c) 6. Astonishing (tuyệt vờ i, tuyệt vờ i)
7. shocked (số c, số c) 7. Shocking (mộ t khủ ng khiếp, gâ y số c)
8. disgusted (kinh tở m) 8. Disgusting (kinh tở m, xấ u xí)
9. embarrassed (xấ u hổ , bố i rố i) 9. Embarrassing (vụ ng về, nhú t nhá t)
10.confused (hoang mang, nhầ m lẫ n) 10.Confusing (bố i rố i, khô ng chắ c chắ n)
11.terrified (chết lặ ng, sợ hã i) 11.Terrifying (đá ng sợ , đá ng sợ )
12.frightened (sợ hã i, chết lặ ng) 12.Frightening (đá ng sợ , khủ ng khiếp)
13.depressed (trầ m cả m, bị á p bứ c) 13.Depressing (buồ n, buồ n tẻ)
14.worried (lo lắ ng, lo lắ ng) 14.Worrying (lo lắ ng, tình cả m)
15.và  nnoyed (bự c mình, khó chịu) 15.Annoying (xâ m nhậ p, gâ y phiền nhiễu) 
16.satisfied (mã n, hà i lò ng) 16.Satisfying (thú vị)

Page 42
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. In Vietnam, it is normally ________ in the South than in the North.
A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. hoter
2. The food is ________ than the last time I ate it.
A. badder B. bad C. worse D. worst
3. Ho Chi Minh city is ________ than Hanoi.
A. big B. bigger C. biggest D. biger
4. Her voice is ________ than her sister’s.
A. beautiful B. more beautiful C. beautifully D. more beautifully
5. Her literature result is much ________ than it was last year.
A. good B. well C. more well D. better
6. Cinderella danced ________ than any other girls at the ball.
A. more graceful B. gracefuler C. gracefully D. more gracefully
7. This book is the ________ of all.
A. bored B. boring C. more boring D. most boring
8. Mary speaks English very________
A. fluent B. fluently C. more fluently D. most fluently
9. Tom runs faster than John and David runs the ________ in the group.
A. fast B. most fast C. fastest D. most fastly
10. There is nothing ________ than going swimming in hot weather.
A. gooder B. good C. better D. best
11. Mary is ________ responsible as Peter.
A. more B. the most C. much D. as
12. She is ________ student in my class.
A. most hard-working B. more hard-working
C. the most hard-working D. as hard-working
13. He drives ________ his brother.
A. more careful than B. more carefully
C. more carefully than D. as careful as
14. Tuan writes more ________ with fewer mistakes than the previous term.
A. careless B. careful C. carefully D. carelessly
15. My father is happy because I get ________ results at school.
A. bad good C. intelligent D. well
16. Peter does better at school because he works ________
A. harder B. more carelessly C. more lazily D. worse
17. He can do sums more ________ and read faster.
A. badly B. quickly C. difficultly D. fastly
18. Jane is not ________ her brother.
A. more intelligent as B. intelligent as C. so intelligent as D. so intelligent that.
19. She is a very ________ pupil. She spends most of her time studying.

Page 43
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. hard- working B. difficult C. hard D. easy
20. My English this term is ________ than that of last year.
A. good B. gooder C. better D. best
21. you study for these exams, ________ you will do.
A. The harder / the better B. The more / the much
C. The hardest / the best D. The more hard / the more good,
22. My neighbor is driving me mad! It seems that ________ it is at night, ________ plays his music!
A. the less / the more loud B. the less / less
C. the more late / the more loudlier D. the later / the louder
23. Thanks to the progress of science and technology, our lives have become ________
A. more and more good B. better and better
C. the more and more good D. gooder and gooder 
24. The Sears Tower is ________ building in Chicago.
A. taller B. the more tall C. the tallest D. taller and taller
25. Peter is ________ John.
A. younger and more intelligent than B. more young and intelligent than
C. more intelligent and younger than D. the more intelligent and younger than
26. San Diego is ________ town in Southern California.
A. more nice and nice B. the nicer C. the nicest D. nicer and nicer
27. It gets ________ when the winter is coming.
A. cold and cold B. the coldest and coldest
C. colder and colder D. more and more cold
28. The faster we finish, ________
A. the sooner we can leave B. we can leave sooner and sooner
C. the sooner can we leave D. we can leave the sooner
29. Of all athletes, Alex is ________
A. the less qualified B. the less and less qualified
C. the more and more qualified D. the least qualified
30. The faster Thanh walks, ________
A. more tired B. the more tired he gets
C. he gets tired D. he gets more tired
Rewrite the following sentenses
1. No one in my class is taller than Peter.
 Peter.........................................................................................................................................................................................
2. According to me, English is easier than Maths.
 According to me, Maths....................................................................................................................................................
3. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary.
 Mary.........................................................................................................................................................................................
4. No river in the world is longer than the Nile.
 The Nile...................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
 No mountain.........................................................................................................................................................................
6. This is the first time I have ever met such a pretty girl.
 She is .......................................................................................................................................................................................
7. He works much. He feels tired.

Page 44
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
 The more................................................................................................................................................................................
8. This computer works better than that one.
 That computer......................................................................................................................................................................
9. The apartment is big. The rent is high.
 The bigger..............................................................................................................................................................................
10. We set off soon. We will arrive soon.
 The sooner.............................................................................................................................................................................
11. The joke is good. The laughter is loud.
 The better................................................................................................................................................................................
12. She gets fat. She feels tired.
 The fatter................................................................................................................................................................................
13. As he gets older, he wants to travel less.
 The older................................................................................................................................................................................
14. The children are excited with the difficult games.
 The more................................................................................................................................................................................
15. I meet him much. I hate him much
 The more................................................................................................................................................................................
16. My boss works better when he is pressed for time.
 The less...................................................................................................................................................................................
17. If you read many books, you will have much knowledge.
 The more................................................................................................................................................................................
18. He speaks too much and people feel bored.
 The more................................................................................................................................................................................
19. The growth in the economy makes people's living condition better.
 The more.................................................................................................................................................................................
20. People learn a lot of things as they travel far.
 The farther.............................................................................................................................................................................
21. Her old house is bigger than her new one.
 Her new house.....................................................................................................................................................................
22. I can't cook as well as my mother.
 My mother can cook...........................................................................................................................................................
23. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.
 The white dress....................................................................................................................................................................
24. There isn't anybody as kind-hearted as your mother.
 Your mother is......................................................................................................................................................................
25. The black car is cheaper than the red car.
 The red car..............................................................................................................................................................................

KEY OF REWRITE

Page 45
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

STT Đáp án Giải thích chi tiết đáp án


1 Peter is the tallest in my class. Chuyển câ u: No + so sá nh hơn  so sá nh nhấ t.
"Tall" là tính từ ngắ n.
2 According to me, Maths is not so/as easy Chuyển câ u: so sá nh hơn  not + so sá nh bằ ng
as English.
3 Mary is the most intelligent in my group. Chuyển câ u: No + so sá nh hơn  so sá nh nhấ t.
“Intelligent" là tính từ dà i.
4 The Nile is the longest river in the world. Chuyển câ u: No + so sá nh hơn  so sá nh nhấ t.
Long là tính từ ngắ n.
5 No mountain in the world is higher than Chuyển câ u: So sá nh nhấ t  no + so sá nh hơn.
Mount Everest. "High" là tính từ ngắ n.
6 She is the prettiest girl I have ever met. Chuyển câ u: This is the first time + S + present
perfect  So sá nh nhấ t + S + present perfect
"Pretty" là tính từ có hai â m tiết kết thú c bằ ng “ỵ ”
nên đượ c sử dụ ng như tính từ ngắ n.
7 The more he works, the more tired he Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
feels. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Much" là tính
từ đặ c biệt, "tired" là tính từ dà i.
8 That computer doesn't work as well as Chuyển câ u: so sá nh hơn  not + so sá nh bằ ng.
this one. “Better" là so sá nh hơn củ a trạ ng từ "well".
9 The bigger the apartment is, the higher Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
the rent is. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Big" và "high"
là tính từ ngắ n.
1 The sooner we set off, the sooner we will Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
0
arrive. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. “Soon" là trạ ng
từ ngắ n.
1 The better the joke is, the louder the Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
1
laughter is. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Good" là tính
từ đặ c biệt, "loud" là tính từ ngắ n.
1 The fatter she gets, the more tired she Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
2
feels. + S +V, the + comparative + S + V. “Fat” là tính từ
ngắ ng, “tired” là tính từ dà i
1 The older he gets, the less he wants to Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
3
travel. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Old" là tính từ
ngắ n, "less" là trạ ng từ đặ c biệt.
1 The more difficult the games are, the Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
4
more excited the children are. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Excited" và
"difficult" là tính từ dà i.
1 The more I meet him, the more I hate him. Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
5
+ S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Much" là trạ ng
từ đặ c biệt.
1 The less time my boss has, the better he Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
6
works. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. Trong câ u nà y
mang nghĩa là khi cà ng bị á p lự c về thờ i gian thì
ô ng chủ củ a tô i là m việc cà ng hiệu quả .

Page 46
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
1 The more books you read, the more Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
7
knowledge you will have. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Much" và
"many" là tính từ đặ c biệt.
1 The more he speaks, the more bored Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
8
people feel. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. "Much" là tính
từ đặ c biệt, "bored" là tính từ dà i.
1 The more the economy grows, the better Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
9
people's living condition is. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. Câ u nà y mang
nghĩa là : Kinh tế cà ng phá t triển thì điều kiện
số ng củ a mọ i ngườ i cà ng tố t hơn.
2 The farther people travel, the more the Chú ng ta sử dụ ng so sá nh kép: the + comparative
0
learn. + S + V, the + comparative + S + V. Câ u nà y mang
nghĩa là : Họ họ c đượ c nhiều điều hay khi họ đi du
lịch xa. “Far" là trạ ng từ đặ c biệt, "a lot of" khi sử
dụ ng so sá nh hơn ta dù ng more.
2 Her new house isn't so/as big as her old Chuyển câ u: so sá nh hơn  not + so sá nh bằ ng.
1
one.
2 My mother can cook better than me. Chuyển câ u: so sá nh khô ng bằ ng  so sá nh hơn.
2
"Well" là trạ ng từ đặ c biệt khi sang so sá nh hơn
đổ i thà nh "better".
2 The white dress isn't so/ as expensive as Chuyển câ u: so sá nh hơn  not + so sá nh bằ ng.
3
the black one.
2 Your mother is more kind-hearted than Chuyển câ u: not + so sá nh bằ ng  so sá nh hơn.
4
anyone. "Kind-hearted" là tính từ dà i.
2 The red car is not so/ as cheap as the Chuyển câ u: so sá nh hơn  not + so sá nh bằ ng.
5
black car.

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions
1. Joe is more hard-working than his brother.
A. Joe is not as hard-working as his brother.
B. Joe’s brother is not as hard-working as he is.
C. Joe is less hard-working than his brother.
Page 47
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. Joe’s brother is more hard-working than he is.
2. Many teenagers like facebooking more than doing sport.
A. Many teenagers like doing sport as much as Facebooking.
B. Many teenagers don’t like Facebooking as much as doing sport,
C. Many teenagers like doing sport more than Facebooking.
D. Many teenagers don’t like doing sport as much as Facebooking.
3. Paul likes reading comic books more than watching cartoons.
A. Paul doesn’t like watching cartoons as much as reading comic books.
B. Paul likes watching cartoons as much as reading comic books.
C. Paul likes watching cartoons more than reading comic books.
D. Paul doesn’t like reading comic books as much as watching cartoons.
4. I like reading books more than surfing the Internet.
A. I like surfing the Internet more than reading book.
B. I like reading book less than surfing the Internet.
C. I don’t like reading book as much as surfing the Internet.
D. I don’t like surfing the Internet as much as reading books.
5. My father likes reading newspaper more than watching TV.
A. My father doesn’t like reading newspaper as much as watching TV.
B. My father likes watching TV as much as reading newspaper.
C. My father doesn’t like watching TV as much as reading newspaper.
D. My father likes watching TV more than reading newspaper.
6. In Vietnam, football is more popular than basketball.
A. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular as football.
B. In Vietnam, basketball is more popular than football.
C. In Vietnam, football is not as popular as basketball.
D. In Vietnam, football is as popular as basketball.
7. My boss works better when he’s pressed for time.
A. The more time my boss has, the better he works.
B. The less time my boss has, he works better.
C. The less time my boss has, the better he works.
D. The less time my boss has, he works the better.
8. Derek is quite a bit more adventurous than his sister, Annabelle.
A. Annabelle is considerable more adventurous than her brother, Derek.
B. Annabelle isn’t as nearly adventurous as her brother, Derek.
C. Derek isn’t so nearly adventurous as his sister, Annabelle.
D. Annabelle isn’t nearly as adventurous as her brother, Derek.
9. The likelihood of suffering a heart attack rises as one becomes increasingly obese.
A. Anyone who is obese is likely to experience a heart attack at any time.
B. Obesity results in only a slight increase in the probability of having a heart attack.
C. The more obese one is, the higher the chances for a heart attack become.
D. Heart attacks are happening more and more often, and most of the sufferers are obese.
10. The American are less formal in addressing their bosses than the South Korean.
A. The South Korean are less formal in addressing their bosses than the American.
B. Both the American and the South Korean have the same formality in addressing their bosses.
C. The South Korean are more informal in addressing their bosses than the American.

Page 48
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. The South Korean are more formal in addressing their bosses than the American.
11. Nothing is more precious than happiness and health.
A. Happiness and health are the most precious things.
B. Happiness is more precious than health.
C. Health is more precious than happiness.
D. Happiness and health are more and more precious.
12. I’ve never seen such a nice bouquet of wedding flowers.
A. This bouquet of wedding flowers is the nicest that I’ve ever made.
B. This is the nicest bouquet of wedding flowers that I’ve ever seen.
C. I’ve never seen the nicest bouquet of wedding flowers so far.
D. Nothing I’ve seen is nicer than this bouquet of wedding flowers.
13. Ice-hockey is one of the most popular sports in Russia.
A. In Russia, ice-hockey is more popular than any other sports.
B. In Russia, no sport is more popular than ice-hockey.
C. In Russia, no sport is less popular than ice-hockey.
D. In Russia, one of the most popular sports is ice-hockey.
14. Tet holiday is the most interesting Vietnamese traditional festival that he’s ever attended.
A. Tet holiday is more interesting than the Vietnamese traditional festival that he’s ever
attended.
B. He has never attended a more interesting Vietnamese traditional festival than Tet holiday.
C. He has attended many interesting Vietnamese traditional festival including Tet holiday.
D. Tet holiday is one of the most interesting Vietnamese traditional festival he’s ever attended.
15. There are more superstitious beliefs in Eastern countries than in Western ones.
A. Western countries don’t have fewer superstitious beliefs than Eastern ones.
B. Eastern countries have more superstitious beliefs than Western ones.
C. Eastern and Western countries have many more superstitious beliefs.
D. More superstitious beliefs exist in Western countries than in Eastern ones.
16. Pho (rice noodles) is believed to be the most typical food in Viet Nam.
A. It is believed that Pho (rice noodles] is the most typical food in Viet Nam.
B. A more typical food than Pho (rice noodles] is believed in Viet Nam.
C. I believe that Viet Nam has the most typical food like Pho (rice noodles].
D. No food in Viet Nam is less typical than Pho (rice noodles].
17. I have never read a better book about cultural diversity than I have ever read.
A. This book is a good book about cultural diversity I have ever read.
B. This is the best book about cultural diversity I have ever read.
C. This book is as good as the one about cultural diversity I have ever read.
D. The book about cultural diversity I have ever read isn’t better than this one.
18. Lee talks to people more politely than Ben.
A. Ben doesn’t talk to people as politely as Lee.
B. Ben doesn’t talk to people politely as Lee.
C. Ben doesn’t talk to people more politely than Lee.
D. Ben doesn’t talk to people less politely than Lee.
19. No student in my class can run as fast as Jack.
A. Jack is faster than no student in my class.
B. Jack is the fastest runner in my class.

Page 49
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
C. All students in my class don’t run faster than Jack.
D. No student in my class runs fast as Jack.
20. This question is harder than the last one.
A. The last question is not difficult.
B. This question is the most difficult one.
C. The last question is difficult but this one is more difficult.
D. This question is hard but the last one is not.
21. As Elton John became more famous, it was more difficult for him to avoid reporters.
A. The most famous Elton John became, the more difficult for him to avoid reporters.
B. The more famous Elton John became, the more difficult it was for him to avoid reporters.
C. The more famous Elton John had become, the more difficult for him to avoid reporters.
D. The more Elton John became famous, the more difficult for him to avoid reporters.
22. We cut down many forests. The Earth becomes hot.
A. The more forests we cut down, the hotter the Earth becomes.
B. The more we cut down forests, the hotter the Earth becomes.
C. The more forests we cut down, the Earth becomes hotter.
D. The more we cut down forests, the Earth becomes hotter.
23. As he earned more money, Mike bought more clothes.
A. When Mike earned a lot of money, he bought more and more clothes.
B. The more money Mike earned, the better clothes he bought.
C. The more money Mike earned, the best clothes he bought.
D. The more money Mike earned, the more clothes he bought.
24. Jupiter is bigger than all the other planets in the solar system.
A. No other planets in the solar system is as big as Jupiter.
B. Jupiter is the biggest planet in the solar system.
C. All other planets in the solar system are not so big that Jupiter.
D. Among the planets in the solar system, Jupiter is the biggest of all.
25. No other student in his class is as successful as Pat.
A. Pat succeeded in beating all other students in his class.
B. Pat is the most successful student in his class.
C. His class is less successful than Pat is.
D. The more successful his class is, the more success Pat gets.

MODULE 11:THE ORDERS OF THE ADJECTIVES


I. Quy tắc
Khi dù ng từ hai tính từ trở lên để miêu tả cho mộ t danh từ , nếu cá c tính từ cù ng loạ i thì ta
phâ n cá ch chú ng bằ ng dấ u phẩ y, cò n nếu khá c loạ i thì ta xếp chú ng cạ nh nhau.
Page 50
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Trậ t tự cá c tính từ đượ c quy định theo thứ tự sau:

OSASCOMP Useful (hữ u ích), beautiful (đẹp), interesting


Opinion
(thú vị), lovely (đá ng yêu), delicious (ngon
miệng), handsome (đẹp trai), glorious (lộ ng
lẫ y), luxurious (sang trọ ng)

Size big (to), small (nhỏ ), large (lớ n), huge (khổ ng
lồ ), tiny (bé xíu), long (dà i), short (ngắ n), tall
(cao)...

old (già , cũ ), young (trẻ), new (mớ i), brand-new


Age
(mớ i toanh), ancient (cổ đạ i), modern (hiện
đạ i),...

Shape round (trò n), triangle (tam giá c), cubic (hình
hộ p), heart-shaped (hình trá i tim), flat (bằ ng
phẳ ng), square (hình vuô ng)...

black (đen), red (đỏ ), white (trắ ng), blue


Color (xanh), yellow (vàng), cream (mà u kem), violet
(tím), purple (đỏ tía), navy blue (xanh hả i quâ n.

Vietnamese, English, Indian, Thai, German,


Origin
American,...

Silk (lụ a), gold (và ng), silver (bạ c), wooden
Material (gỗ ), metal (kim loạ i), plastic (nhự a), leather
(da), glass (thuỷ tinh), concrete (bê tô ng), ivory
(ngà )...

sitting, sleeping, wedding, waiting...


Purpose

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Page 51
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
1. They take their ________ children to the park every day.
A. lovely African small young B. African small young lovely
C. small young lovely African D. young lovely African small
2. At first sight I met her. I was impressed with her ________.
A. big beautiful round black eyes B. beautiful black big round eyes
C. beautiful big round black eyes D. beautiful round big black eyes
3. This is a picture of a ________ bus.
A. red bright London B. bright red London
C. London bright red D. London red bright
4. Lara goes to a ________ temple every week.
A. great big ancient Buddhist B. Buddhist great big ancient
C. ancient great big Buddhist D. big great ancient Buddhist
5. There are some ________ pictures in this newspaper.
A. white interesting computer-generated new
B. computer-generated white interesting new
C. interesting new white computer-generated
D. new interesting computer-generated white
6. She is doing extremely well in her ________ graduate course.
A. intensive one -year English
B. one -year English intensive
C. intensive English one-year
D. English intensive one-year
7. During the winter I like having a ________ house.
A. pretty small red wooden B. wooden pretty small red
C. small pretty red wooden D. red wooden pretty small
8. I would like to have ________ sports shoes to run in the park.
A. grey medium leather comfortable B. comfortable medium grey leather
C. comfortable leather grey medium D. medium leather comfortable grey
9. They say he's a ________ student for his age.
A. tall mature brilliant B. mature brilliant tall
C. brilliant tall mature D. tall brilliant mature
10. The speaker is a ________ professor.
A. old short Spanish kind B. kind short old Spanish
C. Spanish kind old short D. kind Spanish short old
11. My sister lives in a ________ apartment.
A. nice wooden new B. new nice wooden
C. nice new wooden D. wooden nice new
12. My cousin bought a ________ bowl.
A. blue ancient lovely small B. lovely blue small ancient
C. small blue ancient lovely D. lovely small ancient blue
13. They cook a ________ meal for their children.
A. delicious big traditional Vietnamese B. Vietnamese delicious big traditional
C. traditional delicious big Vietnamese D. big delicious traditional Vietnamese
14. They are trying to build a house.
A. four-bedroom elegant modern Italian

Page 52
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
B. modern elegant four-bedroom Italian
C. Italian elegant four-bedroom modern
D. elegant four-bedroom modern Italian
15. His brother presented her a ________ clock.
A. oval nice Japanese digital B. nice oval digital Japanese
C. digital oval Japanese nice D. digital Japanese oval nice
16. The old man owns a ________ coffee table.
A. French beautiful round old B. beautiful French old round
C. old round beautiful French D. beautiful old round French
17. My father has a ________ box.
A. old small black Turkish B. small old Turkish black
C. small old black Turkish D. small Turkish old black
18. Jack’s father bought him a(n) ________ bike as a birthday gift.
A. blue Japanese expensive B. expensive Japanese blue
C. Japanese expensive blue D. expensive blue Japanese
19. She is good at creating ________ paintings.
A. interesting Vietnamese new square B. square Vietnamese new interesting
C. Vietnamese interesting square new D. interesting square new Vietnamese
20. My mother would like to buy a ________ bag.
A. big plastic blue Russian B. big Russian blue plastic
C. big blue Russian plastic D. Russian plastic big blue
21.At first sight I met her. I was impressed with her .
A. big beautiful round black eyes B. beautiful black big round eyes
C. beautiful big round black eyes D. beautiful round big black eyes
22.This is a picture of a bus.
A. red bright London B. bright red London
C. London bright red D. London red bright
23.There are some pictures in this newspaper.
A. white interesting computer-generated new
B. computer-generated white interesting new
C. interesting new white computer-generated
D. new interesting computer-generated white
24.During the winter I like having a house.
A. pretty small red wooden B. wooden pretty small red
C. small pretty red wooden D. red wooden pretty small
25.I would like to have sports shoes to run in the park.
A. grey medium leather comfortable B. comfortable medium grey leather
C. comfortable leather grey medium D. medium leather comfortable grey

MODULE 12: ARTICLES


1.Indefinite articles :A/ AN dùng trước danh từ số ít , đếm được => có nghĩa là “
một”

CÁCH DÙNG MẠO TỪ A

Page 53
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Dùng trong 1 số cụm Dùng khi tình Dùng với Dù ng "a" trướ c danh
từ chỉ số lượng :
huống được nhắc danh từ chỉ từ bắ t đầ u bằ ng mộ t
a great number of...
đến lần đầu tiên nghề nghiệp phụ âm

Đứng trước một danh từ


mở đầu bằng "uni..."
(a university/ a uniform)

CÁCH DÙNG MẠO TỪ AN

Trướ c mộ t danh từ bắ t Nhữ ng từ mở đầ u Nhữ ng danh từ bắ t đầ u


đầ u bằ ng: bằ ng mộ t chữ viết tắ t bằ ng "h" câ m an heir/
5 nguyên â m U, E, O, A, I (an S.O.S/ an M.P) hour/ herbal (Adj: thả o
mộ c)/ honor/ honest

2. Definite article :THE Dùng trước 1 danh từ đã được xác định, hoặc nhắc đến
lần thứ 2

In the 1990s, in the summer, in the morning, the holiday

Vật duy nhất trong vũ trụ : The earth, the moon, the sun,
the sky, the sea, the stars, the equator
Page 54
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

1. Dùng trước tên các đại dương, sông ngòi, biển, vịnh
và các hồ (ở sn)
Ex: The Red Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, the Persian Gufl, the
Great Lakes, the Netherlands ( Hà Lan )

2. Trước tên các dãy núi


Ex: The Hoang Lien Son Mountains

3. Trước tên các nước có hai từ trở lên (ngoại trừ


Great Britain) Ex: The United States, The United
Kingdom
4. Trước tên các nước được coi là một quần đảo hoặc
một quần đảo
Ex: The Philipines, The Hawaii
CÓ THE
5. The + tên vùng nổi tiếng
Ex: The Sahara dessert

Nhạc cụ: play the piano , play the violin, on the radio

Các lực lượng: the army, the police

The + schools, the colleges, the universities + of +


danh từ riêng
Ex: The University of Florida

- So sánh nhất
- The + adj = Ns
- The + số thứ tự + N
Ex: The third chapter
- The + tên họ số nhiều
Ex: The Smiths

in 2000, in June, On Friday, at night, during Christmas

Trước các danh từ trừu tượng


Ex: freedom, happiness, independence, honesty
Page 55
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

1. Trước tên một hồ :


Ex: Hoang Kiem lake

2. Trước tên một ngọn núi :


Ex: Mount Vesuvius

3.Trước tên các nước có 1 từ:


Ex: Laos, Vietnam

4.trước tên các nước bắt đầu bằng “New” hoặc chỉ
hướng
Ex: New Zealand, North Korean

KHÔNG 5. Trước tên hành tinh, chòm sao


THE Ex: Venus. Mars

6.Tỉnh, thành phố, quận , huyện

Môn thể thao: play football, play sports, play music

Trước tên các môn học: physics, maths

On foot, by bus, by car

- N đi với số đếm: chapter three


- bữa ăn , món ăn : breakfast, dinner, lunch, rice, fish.
- màu sắc, vật liệu
Ex: red, white, steel, iron
- Các loại bệnh : Cold
- Khi DT có tính từ hoặc đại từ sở hữu

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Page 56
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Question 1. John is most hard-working student I’ve ever known.
A. the B. Ø C. a D. an
Question 2. We moved to the countryside because we wanted to be close to nature.
A. a B. the C. an D. Ø
Question 3. The pace of life is much slower in the country than in the city.
A. an B. a C. Ø D. the
Question 4. I have left my book in kitchen and I would like you to get it for me.
A. the B. a C. Ø D. an
Question 5. Reports are coming in of a major oil spill in Mediterranean.
A. an B. Ø C. the D. a
Question 6. Is it acceptable to touch person on shoulder in a conversation?
A. a – the B. the – a C. the – the D. a - a
Question 7. I won’t be home for dinner this evening. I’m meeting some friends after
work and we’re going to cinema.
A. Ø – the - Ø B. The - Ø - Ø C. Ø - Ø - the D. Ø – the - the
Question 8. My brother hopes to travel around the world next summer.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
Question 9. Our planned visit to United Kingdom fell through because we were unable to
get the visas.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
Question 10. Of all the world’s major oceans, Arctic Ocean is the shallowest.
A. an B. the C. a D. Ø
Question 11. A recent survey has shown that increasing number of men are willing to
share the housework with their wives.
A. a B. an C. the D. some
Question 12. Housewives find it easier to do domestic chores thanks to invention of
labor- saving devices.
A. the B. a C. an D. some
Question 13. First our team should identify specific need in the community and then
carry out a project to address that need.
A. an B. Ø C. a D. the
Question 14. When I leave school, I plan to go to university.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
Question 15. -- tennis is my favorite sport. I play once or twice week if I can, but I’m
not very good player.
A. A – Ø - the B. Ø – a - the C. Ø – the - a D. Ø – a - a
Question 16. A dictionary is important tool in learning language.
A. the B. an C. a D. Ø
Question 17. Last night there was bird singing outside my house.
A. a B. Ø C. an D. the
Question 18. James visited State Hermitage Museum, famous tourist attraction
in St. Petersburg.
A. Ø - the B. Ø - a C. a - the D. the - a
Question 19. One third of world’s population consumes two thirds of _______world’s
sources.
A. a - the B. the - Ø C. the - the D. the - a
Question 20. Human beings are greatest threat to the survival of endangered species.
A. Ø B. an C. the D. a
Question 21: We called an ambulance as soon as we realised that he seemed to be having _____heart
Page 57
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
attack.
A. a B. an C. the D. no article
Question22: According to FAO, Vietnam is second largest
coffee producer in the world after Brazil.
A. an B. a C. the D. Ø
Question23: university is an institution of higher education and research, which grants
academic degrees.
A. A B. An C. The D. Some
Question 24: The excursion is unique opportunity to discover wild in its natural beauty.
A. an – Ø B. a – the C. the – the D. an – the
Question 25: colleges and universities are the main institutions that provide tertiary
education.
A. Ø - Ø B. The - Ø C. The – the D. Ø – the
Question 26: Africa has always had a large migratory population because of war and famine.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
Question 27: The man grew up in orphanage in United Kingdom.
A. the/ an B. an/ the C. an/ an D. the/ Ø
Question 28: “Did you have nice holiday?” – “Yes, it was best holiday I have ever had.”
A. a – the B. the – the C. the – a D. a – a
Question 29: She is a very talented girl. You should listen to her playing violin.
A. a B. the C. Ø D. an
Question 30: Being Life's only black photographer put him in unusual position
when Parks set out to cover the civil rights movement.
A. Ø/an B. the/ an C. Ø / the D. an/an
Question 31: There are two cars in the yard, a yellow car and a blue one. My car is yellow one.
A. a B. x C. an D. the
Question 32: Reports are coming in of a major oil spill in _ Mediterranean.
A. a B. the C. an D. Ø
Question 33: More and more investors are pouring money into food and beverage start- ups.
A. an B. the C. a D. Ø
Question 34: Whatever we expect from _ future, it is noted that progress has never
moved in straight lines.
A. a B. an C. the D. some
Question 35: Donald Trump is President of ________United States.
A. the/ the B. a/ 0 C. the/ 0 D. the/ an

MODULE 13: WORD FORMATION

A. CÁCH CẤU TẠO CỦA TỪ


I. Cách cấu tạo của danh từ

Page 58
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
STT Quy tắc Ví dụ
1 V + ment  N develop (v) + ment = development (n): sự phá t triển
entertain (v) + ment = entertainment (n): sự giả i trí
2 V + ance  N attend (v) + ance = attendance (n): sự tham dự
perform (v) + ance = performance (n): sự thự c hiện, sự biểu diễn
3 V + ion/ation  N invent (v) + ion = invention (n): sự phá t minh
inform (v) + ion = information (n): thô ng tin
4 V + age  N marry (v) + age = marriage (n): hô n nhâ n
carry (v) + age = carriage (n): sự chuyên chở hà ng hoá , xe ngự a
5 V + al  N survive (v) + al = survival (n): sự số ng só t
arrive (v) + al = arrival (n): sự đến, tớ i
6 V + ing  N teach (v) + ing = teaching (n): cô ng việc dạ y họ c
train (v) + ing = training (n): cô ng việc đà o tạ o
7 V + er ^ N work (v) + er = worker (n): cô ng nhâ n
employ (v) + er = employer (n): ô ng chủ
8 V + or N act (v) + or = actor (n): diễn viên
9 V + ress  N act (v) + ress = actress (n): nữ diễn viên
wait (v) + ress = waitress (n): nữ bồ i bà n
10 V + ant  N assist (v) + ant = assistant (n): trợ lí
depend (v) + ant = dependant (n): ngườ i phụ thuộ c
11 V + ee  N employ (v)+ ee = employee (n): cô ng nhâ n
interview (v) + ee = interviewee (n): ngườ i đi phỏ ng vấ n
12 V + ledge  N know (v) + ledge = knowledge (n): sự hiểu biết, kiến thứ c
13 V + ist  N type (v) + ist = typist (n): ngườ i đá nh má y
14 V + ar  N lie (v) + ar = liar (n): kẻ nó i dố i
15 V + ence  N depend (v) + ence = dependence (n): sự phụ thuộ c
16 Adj + ness  N rich (a) + ness = richness (n): sự giàu có
polite (a) + ness = politeness (n): sự lịch sự
17 Adj + ity  N able (a) + ity = ability (n): khả nă ng, nă ng lự c
responsible (a) + ity = responsibility (n): trách nhiệm
18 Adj + y  N honest (a) + y = honesty (n): sự thậ t thà
19 Adj + ty  N certain (a) + ty = certainty (n): sự chắ c chắ n
20 Adj + age  N short (a) + age = shortage (n): sự thiếu hụ t
21 Adj + cy  N proficient (a) + cy = proficiency (n): sự giỏ i, sự thà nh thạ o
22 Adj + dom  N free (a) + doom = freedom (n): sự tự do
23 Adj + ism  N social (a) + ism = socialism (n): chủ nghĩa xã hộ i
N1 + ism  N2 terror (n) + ism = terrorism (n): chủ nghĩa khủ ng bố
24 Adj + th  N warm (a) + th = warmth (n): sự ấ m á p, sự niềm nở
wide (a) + th = width (n): bề rộ ng, bề ngang
25 N1 + hood  N2 child (n) + hood = childhood (n): thờ i thơ ấu
neighbor (n) + hood = neighborhood (n): vù ng lâ n cậ n
26 N1 + ship  N2 friend (n) + ship = friendship (n): tình bạ n
member (n) + ship = membership (n): tư cá ch hộ i viên, số hộ i viên
II. Cách cấu tạo của động từ
STT Quy tắc Ví dụ
1 Adj + en  V wide (a) + en = widen (v): mở rộ ng
short (a) + en = shorten (v): thu ngắ n, rú t ngắ n
2 En + Adj  V en + rich (a) = enrich (v): là m già u
en + large (a) = enlarge (v): tă ng lên, phó ng to
3 N + en  V length (n) + en = lengthen (v): là m dà i ra, kéo dà i ra
Page 59
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
4 Adj + ise/ize  V social (a) + ise/ize = socialize (v): xã hộ i hoá , hoà nhậ p
industrial (a) + ise/ize = industrialize (v): cô ng nghiệp hoá
5 N + fy  V beauty (n) + fy = beautify (v): là m đẹp
III. Cách cấu tạo của tính từ
STT Quy tắc Ví dụ

1 N + ly  Adj friend (n) + ly = friendly (adj): thâ n thiện


love (n) + ly = lovely (a): đá ng yêu
2 N + fill  Adj care (n) + ful = careful (a): cẩ n thậ n
success (n) + ful = successful (a): thà nh cô ng
3 N + less  Adj home (n) + less = homeless (a): vô gia cư
hope (n) + less = hopeless (a): vô vọ ng
4 N + ic  Adj economy (n) + ic = economic (a): thuộ c về kinh tế
history (n) + ic = historic (a): có tính chấ t lịch sử
5 N + able  Adj reason (n) + able = reasonable (a): có lí, hợ p lí
comfort (n) + able = comfortable (a): thoả i má i
6 N + ous  Adj danger (n) + ous = dangerous (a): nguy hiểm
industry (n) + ous = industrious (a): chă m chỉ
7 N + some  Adj trouble (n) + some = troublesome (a): gâ y rắ c rố i, khó chịu
hand (n) + some = handsome (a): đẹp trai
8 N + al  Adj nation (n) + al = national (a): thuộ c quố c gia
nature (n) + al = natural (a): thuộ c về tự nhiên
9 N + ing/ed  Adj interest (n) + ing/ed = interesting /interested (a): thú vị/thích thú
bore (n) + ing/ed = boring/ bored (a): tẻ nhạ t/buồ n chá n
10 N + ern = Adj west (n) + ern = western (a): về phía tâ y, ở phía tâ y
south (n) + ern = southern (a): về phía nam, ở phía nam
11 N + y = Adj rain (n) + y = rainy (a): có mưa
sun (n) + y = sunny (a): có nhiều á nh nắ ng
12 N + ible = Adj response (n) + ible = responsible (a): có trá ch nhiệm
13 V + ent  Adj depend (v) + ent = dependent (a): phụ thuộ c
14 V + ive  Adj impress (v) + ive = impressive (a): ấ n tượ ng
N + ive  Adj invent (v) + ive = inventive (a): có tà i phá t minh, có ó c sá ng tạ o
expense (n) + ive = expensive (a):.đắ t
15 N + like  Adj child (n) + like = childlike (a): như trẻ con, ngâ y thơ, thậ t thà
god (n) + like = godlike (n): như thầ n, như thá nh
16 N + ish  Adj fool (n) + ish = foolish (a): dạ i dộ t, ngu xuẩ n
self (n) + ish = selfish (a): ích kỉ

IV. Cách cấu tạo của trạng từ


STT Quy tắc Ví dụ
1 Adj + ly  Adv slow (a) + ly = slowly (adv): mộ t cách chậ m chạ p
rapid (a) + ly = rapidly (adv): mộ t cách nhanh chó ng

* Lưu ý:
STT Quy tắc Ví dụ
1 N + ly  Adj like + ly = likely (a)
Adj+ ly  Adv quick + ly = quickly (adv)
2 V + al = N arrive + al = arrival (n)
N + al = Adj nation + al = national (a)

Page 60
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
3 V + ing = N teach + ing = teaching (n)
N + ing= Adj bore + ing = boring (a)
4 Adj + y = N honest + y = honesty (n)
N + y = Adj wind + y = windy (a)

- Fast vừ a là tính từ vừ a là trạ ng từ . Do đó , khô ng có dạ ng "fastly".


- Hard (chă m chỉ, vấ t vả , cự c nhọ c) vừ a là tính từ , vừ a là trạ ng từ .
+ Hardly mang nghĩa là hiếm khi, hầ u như khô ng chứ khô ng mang nghĩa là chă m chỉ, vấ t vả .
- Trạ ng từ củ a tính từ "good" là từ "well". Do đó , khô ng có dạ ng "goodly".
Vị trí từ loại trong cấu trúc câu

1. Noun = N ( Danh từ ) 2 . Adj ( Tính từ )


- Sau Adj + N - Trướ c N
- Sau giớ i từ ( in, on.. from, at , with..) + N - Sau be / look / feel / seem / make / become / find/ get /
- Sau tính từ sở hữ u ( my/ your/ their/ keep
his / her..) + N - Sau Trạ ng từ
- a / an + adj + N - Sau too (be + too + adj)
- The + N - Trước enough (be + adj + enough)
- This / That + Nit - Trong cấu trúc: be + so + adj + that
- These / Those + Ns - A, an, the, this, that, his, her, their, my,...
- One of ……+ N số nhiều + (Adj) + Noun .
- Trước V làm chủ từ trong câu Trong câu cảm thán:
- Sau enough (enough + N) - How + adj + S + V!
- What + (a/an) + adj + N!
3 . Verb = V ( Động từ ) 4. Adv ( Trạng từ )
- Sau Vthườ ng ( S + V thườ ng + Adv)
- Trước Adj
- S + V ( chia theo thì ) - Adv, S + V (Đầu câu hoặ c trước dẩ u phẩ y)
- Be + adv + V3 / Ved
- S + trợ độ ng từ + adv + V

 Xem phía sau khoảng trống nếu là N thì ta dùng Adj


 Be + adj
 V thường + Adv
 Áp dụng tiếp các trường hợp còn lại

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. He has been very interested in doing research on _______ since he was at high school.
a. biology b. biological c. biologist d. biologically
2. You are old enough to take _______ for what you have done.
a. responsible b. responsibility c. responsibly d. irresponsible
3. Many Vietnamese people ______ their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation
a. sacrifice b. sacrificed c. sacrificial d. sacrificially
4. They had a ______ candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his proposal of marriage.

Page 61
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
a. romance b. romantic c. romantically d. romanticize
5. She sent me a _______ letter thanking me for my invitation.
a. polite b. politely c. politeness d. impoliteness
6. As an _______, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency.
a. educate b. education c. educator d. educative
7. He was the only _______ that was offered the job.
a. apply b. application c. applicant d. applying
8. Many people have objected to the use of animals in _____ experiments.
a. science b. scientist c. scientific d. scientifically
9. _______ is increasing, which results from economic crisis.
a. Employment b. Unemployment c. Employ d. Unemployed
10._______! I have heard of your success in the new project.
a. Congratulate b. Congratulating c. Congratulation d. Congratulations
11.A / an _______ species is a population of an organism which is at risk of becoming extinct.
a. dangerous b. endanger c. endangered d. endangerment
12.Almost half of turtles and tortoises are known to be threatened with ____.
a. extinct b. extinction c. extinctive d. extinctly
13.They are going to _______ the pool to 1.8 meter.
a. deep b. depth c. deepen d. deeply
14.The referee had no hesitation in awarding the visiting team a _______.
a. penalty b. penalize c. penal d. penalization
15.The referee's _______ is the most important in any sport competition.
a. decide b. decisive c. decision d. decider
16.Johnny used to be one of the most _______ athletes in my country.
a. succeed b. success c. successful d. successfully
17.The success of the 22nd SEA Games had a great contribution of many _______ volunteers.
a. support b. supporter c. supportive d. supportively
18.He was so _______ that he could not even say a word.
a. nerve b. nerves c. nervous d. nervously
19.I am really _______ in the way he talks, but the way he behaves.
a. interest b. interested c. interesting d. interestingly
20.Thanks to labor-saving devices, women have more time to take part in _______ activities.
a. society b. social c. socially d. socialize
21.Are there any between Vietnamese and American culture?
A. differences B. different C. differently D. differential

22.Some people are concerned with physical when choosing a wife or husband.
A. attractive B. attraction C. attractiveness D. attractively
23.What could be more than a wedding on a tropical island?
A. romance B. romantic C. romanticize D. romanticism
24.In my hometown, many people still believe in marriage.
A. contract B. contractual C. contracts D. contracting
25.Though their performance was not perfect yet, the students held the audience's until the end.
A. attentive B. attention C. attentively D. attentional
26.Both Asian and Western students seem about how to answer the questionnaire of the
survey.
A. confusedly B. confused C. confusing D. confusion
27.She was unaware of the embarrassing situation due to her different cultural
background.

Page 62
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. complete B. completed C. completing D. completely
28.They started, as gatherings but they have become increasingly formalized in the last few years.
A. informal B. informally C. informalize D. informality
29.Children who are isolated and lonely seem to have poor language and _______
A. communicate B. communication C. communicative D. communicator
30.There is a wide range of_________in the education system of the USA.
A. select B. selective C. selected D. selection
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.

1. He is not very________of his son’s passion for loud music.


A. tolerated B. tolerable C. tolerant D. tolerantly
2. Swimming produces both________and physical benefits.
A. psychology B. psychological C. psychologist D. psychologically
3. If you say you are using a word________, you mean you are choosing it after thinking about it very
carefully.
A. advisor B. advisedly C. advisory D. advice
4. Nguyen Thi Anh Vien is a Vietnamese Olympian and ________ record-holder for swimming.
A. nation B. international C. nationality D. national
5. In order to avoid boredom, the most important thing is to keep oneself________.
A. occupied B. occupation C. occupant D. occupational
6. According to present law, the authorities can give poachers a severe________.
A. punishing B. punish C. punishable D. punishment
7. The new song has________been selected for Euro 2016.
A. officially B. official C. office D. officer
8. Many species of plants and animals are in________of extinction.
A. dangerous B. endangered C. danger D. dangerously
9. The wedding day was________chosen by the parents of the groom.
A. careless B. careful C. carefully D. carelessly
10. To Americans, it is impolite to ask someone about age,________and salary.
A. many B. married C. marrying D. marriage
11. Despite the plan’s emphasis on agricultural________, the industrial sector received a larger share of
state investment.
A. developing B. developer C. development D. developed
12. ________have announced that a major breakthrough in medicine has been made.
A. Research B. Researchers C. Researches D. Researching
13. The country’s economy relies heavily on the tourist________.
A. industry B. industrial C. industrialize D. industrious
14. Some people believe that books are ________ species, fighting for survival in competition with TV,
film, the Internet and CD.
A. danger B. dangerous C. endangered D. dangerously
15. These quick and easy________can be effective in the short term, but they have a cost.
A. solve B. solvable C. solutions D. solvability
16. The problem of________among young people is hard to solve.
A. employment B. employers C. employees D. unemployment
17. Our professor________said we should turn in the assignment on Friday.

Page 63
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. specific B. specifically C. specifying D. specifyingly
18. In the past people believed that women’s________roles were as mothers and wives.
A. nature B. natural C. naturism D. naturalist
19. Although David was________after a day’s work in the office, he tried to help his wife the household
chores.
A. exhaustion B. exhausted C. exhausting D. exhaustive
20. This is very________! Can’t you practice your violin somewhere else?
A. convenient B. conveniently C. inconvenient D. convenience
21. How many means of________do you use on a regular basis?
A. communication B. communicating C. communicator D. communicative
22. If there are aliens out there, do you think they are much more________advanced than we are?
A. technological B. technologically C. technology D. technologies
23. The old astronomer patiently made his________and wrote down what he saw.
A. observation B. observatory C. observe D. observer
24. The more________you look, the better impression you will make on your interviewer.
A. confine B. confident C. confidently D. confidence
25. The choir stood in four rows according to their________heights.
A. respected B. respective C. respectable D. respectful
26. Many twelfth graders find it hard to________what university to apply to.
A. decide B. decision C. decisive D. decisively
27. I think mobile phones are________for people of all ages.
A. usage B. use C. usefully D. useful
28. Such characters as fairies or witches in Walt Disney animated cartoons are purely_______.
A. imaginary B. imaginative C. imagining D. imaginable
29. The firefighters’ single-minded devotion to the rescue of the victims of the fire was _______.
A. respecting B. respective C. respectful D. respectable
30. Since________has been so poor, the class has been closed.
A. attendance B. attendant C. attending D. attendee
31. Tom is getting ever keener on doing research on________.
A. biology B. biological C. biologist D. biologically
32. They are always________of what their children do.
A. support B. supporting C. supportive D. supportively
33. It is not always easy to make a good________at the last minute.
A. decide B. decision C. decisive D. decisively
34. Cultural ______ can be found in such simple processes as giving or receiving a gift.
A. differences B. different C. differently D. Differ
35. Travelling to________countries in the world enables me to learn many interesting things.
A. differ B. difference C. differently D. different
36. The job market is constantly changing due to innovative technology and new________.
A. competition B. competitively C. competitive D. compete
37. In Vietnam, children begin their primary________at the age of six.
A. educational B. educationally C. educate D. education
38. Many librarians and teachers are now accepting graphic novels as proper literature for children as
they________young people and motivate them to read.
A. attract B. attractively C. attraction D. attractive

Page 64
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
39. The success of the company in such a________market is remarkable.
A. compete B. competitively C. competitive D. competition
40. People tend to be unaware of the messages they are sending to others. So, it is________to consider
your own body language before dealing with people from other cultures.
A. usefully B. use C. usefulness D. useful
41. Project-based learning provides wonderful opportunities for students to develop their________.
A. creative B. creativity C. create D. creatively
42. Candidates are advised to dress formally to make a good________on job interviewers.
A. impress B. impressively C. impression D. impressive
43. It is believed that travelling is a good way to expand our________of the world
A. knowledgeable B. knowledgeably C. knowledge D. know
44. Susan has achieved great________in her career thanks to her hard work.
A. success B. succeed C. successful D. successfully
45. Participating in teamwork activities helps students develop their________skills.
A. social B. society C. socially D. socialize
46. You should turn off the lights before going out to save________.
A. electricity B. electrify C. electric D. electrically
47. The study also found that social networks allow US to have discussions with a much more diverse
set of people than in the real world, so we share knowledge with people from a wide________of
backgrounds.
A. vary B. variety C. various D. variously
48. Laura came to________me for taking care of her dog when she was away.
A. thank B. thankfully C. thankfulness D. thankful
49. The candidates took a________breath before he walked into the interview room.
A. deeply B. deep C. deepen D. depth
50. With his good sense of humour, Martin is quite________with the students.
A. popularly B. popular C. popularise D. popularity

MODULE 14:EXPRESSIONS OF QUANTITY


 Thường nằm trong phần gap filling
Cách dùng MANY MUCH
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là - MANY = a large number of/a MUCH = a great deal of/a large amount
“NHIỀU” great many/ a majority of/ a of...
wide variety of/ a wide range - Dù ng vớ i danh từ không đếm được.
of
- Dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm
được.
MANY + MUCH = A lot of/lots of/plenty of/a (large) quantity of

Page 65
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
(Dù ng vớ i cả danh từ cả đếm được và không đếm được).
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là A FEW A LITTLE
“MỘT ÍT” - Dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c. - Dù ng vớ i danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c.
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là FEW LITTLE
“HẦU NHƯ KHÔNG/ - Dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c. - Dù ng vớ i danh từ khô ng đếm đượ c.
RẤT ÍT”
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là SOME ANY
“MỘT VÀI” - Dù ng trong câ u khẳng định - Dù ng trong câ u phủ định, nghi vấn
và trong câ u nghi vấ n khi và dù ng trong câ u khẳ ng định khi nó
mang ý mờ i/đề nghị. mang ý nghĩa là “bấ t cứ ”.
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là ALL BOTH
“TẤT CẢ” - Dù ng để chỉ từ ba - Dù ng để chỉ cả hai người/vật (cả
người/vật (tấ t cả ) trở lên. hai).
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là NONE NEITHER/EITHER
“KHÔNG” - Dù ng để chỉ từ ba người/vật - Dù ng để chỉ cả hai người/vật đều
trở lên đều khô ng. khô ng. Trong đó :
+ Neither: dù ng trong câ u khẳ ng định.
+ Either: dù ng trong câ u phủ định.
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là MOST MOST OF
“HẦU HẾT” Most + N = most of + the/tính từ sở hữu + N
Most people 
Most of the Vietnamese people
Lưu ý:
MOSTLY (chủ yếu là ): dù ng như mộ t trạng từ
ALMOST (gầ n như): dù ng như mộ t trạng từ bổ trợ cho động từ, tính từ,
danh từ.

Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là EACH EVERY


“MỖl/MỌI” EACH/EVERY: dù ng vớ i danh từ đếm đượ c số ít
- Dù ng vớ i danh từ số nhiều khi có số
lượ ng cụ thể.
Diễn đạ t ý nghĩa là OTHER ANOTHER
“CÁI KHÁC/NGƯỜI - Other + danh từ khô ng đếm - Another + danh từ số ít
KHÁC” đượ c. - Another + one
- Other + danh từ số nhiều - Another + số đếm + danh từ số nhiều
- Other + ones - Another đượ c sử dụ ng như đạ i từ
- Others đượ c sử dụ ng như
đạ i từ .
Lưu ý:
Phân biệt “other” và
“others”:
- Theo sau “other” thườ ng là
mộ t danh từ hoặ c đạ i từ .
- Mặ t khá c “others”, bả n thâ n
nó là mộ t đạ i từ và theo sau nó
khô ng có bấ t kì mộ t danh từ
nà o cả .
Sự khác nhau giữa THE
Page 66
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
OTHER - THE OTHERS:
- The other: cá i cò n lạ i trong
hai cá i, hoặ c ngườ i cò n lạ i
trong hai ngườ i,...
- The others: nhữ ng cá i cò n lạ i
hoặ c nhữ ng ngườ i cò n lạ i
trong mộ t nhó m có nhiều thứ
hoặ c nhiều ngườ i.

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I’m afraid we no longer sell that model of laptop because we had ________ a lot of complaints.
A. so B. such C. enough D. too
2. There was hardly ________ money left in the bank account.
A. no more B. some C. no D. any
3. Gardeners transplant bushes and flowers by moving them from one place to ________.
A. other B. others C. another D. each other
4. In developed world, there are not ________ jobs left which don’t use computers to carry out many
daily tasks.
A. some B. any C. none D. much.
5. She spent ________ her free time watching TV.
A. a few B. most of C. a lot D. most
6. Unfortunately, we've made ________
A. little progress B. a few progresses C. little progresses D. few progress
7. ________ students in our class is 45.
A. A large amount of B. A lot of C. A number of D. The number of
8. The two cars for sale were in poor condition, so I didn't buy ________
A. neither of them B. either of them C. each of them D. none of them
9. The pair of jeans I bought for my son didn't fit him, so I went to the store and asked for ________
A. the other ones B. others ones C. another pair D. another jeans
10. This winter wasn't ________ as difficult as last winter.
A. almost B. nearly C. closely D. just
11. If you book in advance you will ________ certainly have a better table at our restaurant.
A. mostly B. almost C. most D. the most
12. Our village had ________ money available for education that the schools had to close.
A. so little B. such little C. so much D. such much
13. I had a red pen but I seem to have lost it; I think I'd better buy ________ one.
A. the other B. another C. others D. the
14. ________ companies have announced economic losses recently.
A. A large number of B. A several of C. A great deal of D. Plenty of the
15. In life, ________ can make a mistake; we're all human.
A. anyone B. someone C. some people D. not anybody
16. Peter has been studying for almost three years and he will have this degree and return to his
country in ________ six months.

Page 67
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. others B. the other C. other D. another
17. John contributed fifty dollars, but ho wishes he could contribute ________.
A. more fifty dollars B. one other fifty dollars
C. the same amount also D. another fifty
18. In the United States, ________ the states but Hawaii is an island.
A. all of B. neither of C. none of D. no of
19. ________ of transportation has given someone the idea for a new type of toy.
A Mostly forms B. Most every form C. Almost forms D. Almost every form
20. Joanne has only one eye, she lost ________
A. other B. other ones C. another one D. the other
21. ________ her fiction describes women in unhappy marriages.
A. Many of B. A large number of C. A great volume of D. Much of
22. Is there ________ at all I can help?
A. everything B. anything C. something D. one thing
23. John paid $2 for his meal, ________ he had thought it would cost.
A. not as much B. not so much as C. less as D. not so many as
24. He has ________ money in the bank.
A. a large number of B. lot of C. a lots of D. a lot of
25. Nuclear engines operate without air and consume ________ fuel than other engines do.
A. much less B. much fewer C. a lot higher D. far more
26. Only three of students in my class are girls, ________ are all boys.
A. the other B. others C. other student D. the others
27. Researchers have discovered 2,000 types of new plants but also say ________ are at risk.
A. many B. much C. the other D. variety
28. There is too ________ bad news on TV tonight.
A. many B. much C. a few D. a little
29. He bought three shirts; one for him and ________ for his children.
A. others B. the other C. another D. the others
30. ________ study hard before an examination.
A. Most the students B. Most of the students
C. Most of students D. Almost students

MODULE 15: PASSIVE VOICES


A. LÍ THUYẾT
Câu bị động là loạ i câ u đượ c sử dụ ng khi chú ng ta muố n nhấ n mạ nh và o bả n thâ n mộ t hà nh độ ng,
chủ thể thự c hiện hà nh độ ng hay tá c nhâ n gâ y ra hà nh độ ng dù là ai hay vậ t gì đó khô ng quá quan
trọ ng.
Điều kiện để có thể biến đổ i mộ t câ u từ chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng là độ ng từ trong câ u chủ độ ng phả i
là ngoạ i độ ng từ (Transitive Verb).
Ngoại động từ (Transitive Verb) là gì? Nội động từ (Intransitive Verb) là gì?
Ngoạ i độ ng từ diễn tả hà nh độ ng tá c độ ng trự c Nộ i độ ng từ diễn tả hà nh độ ng dừ ng lạ i vớ i

Page 68
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
tiếp lên ngườ i hoặ c vậ t, nó luô n đượ c theo sau ngườ i nó i hay ngườ i thự c hiện nó . Nộ i độ ng từ
bở i mộ t tâ n ngữ . Nếu thiếu tâ n ngữ , câ u sẽ khô ng khô ng cầ n có tâ n ngữ trự c tiếp đi kèm theo. Nếu
hoà n chỉnh. có tâ n ngữ thì phả i có giớ i từ đi trướ c; tâ n ngữ
Ví dụ :He bought a bunch of flowers. (Anh ta mua nà y đượ c gọ i là tâ n ngữ củ a giớ i từ
một bó hoa hồng.) (prepositional object), khô ng phả i là tâ n ngữ
(Ngoạ i độ ng từ luô n cầ n thêm yếu tố bên ngoà i là trự c tiếp.
mộ t danh từ hay đạ i từ theo sau để hoà n tấ t Ví dụ :He has just left. (Anh ta vừa đi rồi.)
nghĩa củ a câ u. Trong câ u trên, chú ng ta khô ng We were at home last night. (Chúng tôi ở nhà tối
thể nó i "He bought” rồ i ngừ ng lạ i. Danh từ đi qua.)
theo ngay sau ngoạ i độ ng từ đượ c gọ i là tâ n
ngữ .)
Ngoại động từ có dạng: S + V + O…. Nội động từ có dạng : S + V/ S + V + A
1.Quy tắc chuyển đổi từ chủ động sang bị động:
Để chuyển từ câ u chủ độ ng sang câ u bị độ ng, cầ n nắ m chắ c cá c bướ c chuyển sau:
+ Bướ c 1: Xá c định tâ n ngữ trong câ u chủ độ ng (tâ n ngữ đứ ng sau độ ng từ chính củ a câ u).
+ Bướ c 2: Lấ y tâ n ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng xuố ng là m chủ ngữ củ a câ u bị độ ng.
+ Bướ c 3: Độ ng từ ở câ u bị độ ng chia giố ng thì vớ i độ ng từ ở câ u chủ độ ng, theo cô ng thứ c (BE + VP2).
+ Bướ c 4: Đặ t "by" trướ c chủ ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng rồ i đặ t chú ng xuố ng cuố i câ u bị độ ng hoặ c trướ c
trạ ng từ thờ i gian.
S V O

S V(be + V3/ed) (by +O)


+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong câ u chủ độ ng là : people, everyone, someone, anyone, no one, ... thì đượ c bỏ đi
trong câ u bị độ ng.
+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong câ u chủ độ ng là : I, you, we, they, he, she thì có thể bỏ đi trong câ u bị độ ng nếu ta
khô ng muố n đề cậ p tớ i chủ thể gâ y ra hà nh độ ng.
+ Nếu chủ ngữ củ a câ u chủ độ ng là ngườ i hoặ c vậ t trự c tiếp gâ y ra hà nh độ ng thì dù ng "by" nhưng giá n
tiếp gâ y ra hà nh độ ng thì dù ng "with".

2.Bảng công thức các thì ở thể bị động:


TENSES ACTIVE VOICES PASSIVE VOICES
1. Present simple tense S + Vs/es S + am/is/are + V3/ed
(hiện tại đơn)
2. Past simple tense S + Ved/2 S + was/were + V3/ed
(quá khứ đơn)
3. Present continuous tense S + am/is/are + V-ing S + am/is/are + being +
(hiện tại tiếp diễn) V3/ed
4. Past continuous tense S + was/were + V-ing S + was/were + being +
(quá khứ tiếp diễn) V3/ed
5. Present perfect tense S + have/has + V3/ed S + have/has + been +
(hiện tại hoàn thành) V3/ed

Page 69
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
6. Past perfect tense S + had + V3/ed S+ had + been + V3/ed
(quá khứ hoàn thành)
7. Simple future tense S + Will + V(bare) S + will + be + V3/ed
(tương lai đơn)
8. near future tense S + am/is/are + going to + S + am/is/are + going to + be
(tương lai gần) V(bare) + V3/ed
9. Modal verbs S +modal verbs + V(bare) S +modal verbs + be +
(động từ khuyết thiếu) V3/ed

SPECIAL FORMS: ( DẠNG ĐẶC BIỆT )


1. BỊ ĐỘNG CỦA CÂU HỎI
Để chuyển từ câu chủ động sarag câu bị động của câu hỏi, ta làm theo các bước sau:
- Bướ c 1: Chuyển từ câ u hỏ i sang câ u khẳ ng định.
Ví dụ :Did you buy the shirt two days ago?  You bought the shirt two days ago.
- Bướ c 2: Chuyển câ u khẳ ng định trên sang câ u bị độ ng.
Ví dụ :You bought the shirt two days ago.  The shirt was bought two days ago.
- Bướ c 3: Chuyển câ u bị độ ng trên về dạ ng nghi vấ n bằ ng cá ch chuyển từ ngay sau chủ ngữ lên trướ c
chủ ngữ .
Ví dụ :The shirt was bought two days ago.  Was the shirt bought two days ago?
2.BỊ ĐỘNG KÉP VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ CHỈ QUAN ĐIỂM
Active( chủ động) Passive ( bị động)
S1 + V1 + (that) + S2 + V2 C1: It+be(thì củ a V1)+ V3/ed( V1)+ that+S2+ V2
C2:
(Know/think/Believe/report/say) To V ( cùng Thì)
S2+be(thì củ a V1)+V3/ed( V1)+
To + have + V3/ed (#thì)
Ex: They think that she is innocent
=> It is thought that she is innocent
=> She is thought to be innocent
Ex:The rumored he was living there
=> It was rumored thet he was living there
=> He was rumored to be living there

Gợi ý các nhóm cùng bậc thì và khác bậc thì


Cùng Thì Khác thì
HTĐ-HTĐ HTĐ-QKĐ
HTĐ-HTTD HTĐ-HTHT
HTĐ-TLĐ QKĐ-QKHT
QKĐ-QKĐ QKĐ-QKTD
Hoặc hiểu cách chính xác hơn
-Nếu hà nh độ ng ở mệnh đề 2 xả y ra trướ c hà nh độ ng trong mệnh đề nhấ t ta dù ng : to have + V3/ed
-Nếu hà nh độ ng ở mệnh đề 2 xả y ra đồ ng thờ i vớ i hà nh độ ng trong mệnh đề nhấ t
Ta dù ng : to + V1
-Nếu hà nh độ ng ở mệnh đề 2 xả y ra sau hà nh độ ng trong mệnh đề nhấ t
3.BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI TO-V/V-ING
Bị động của động từ TO V

Page 70
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
a. S + V + TO + V + O
Câ u chủ độ ng: S+V + TO + V + O

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + V + TO BE + VP2
They began to plant rubber trees long ago.
 Rubber trees began to be planted long ago.
b. S + V+O1 + TO + V + O2
* Nếu S = O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau:
Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O1 + TO + V + O2

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + V + TO BE + VP2 + BY + O1
He expected his family to pick him up at the airport.
 He expected to be picked up at the airport by his family.
Nếu S  O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau:
Câ u chủ độ ng: S+V+O1 + TO + V + O2

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + V + O2+ TO BE + VP2 + BY + O1


He expected someone to repair his computer.
 He expected his computer to be repaired.
Bị động của V-ING
a. Nếu S= O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau:
Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O1 + V-ING + O2

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + V + BEING + VP2 + BY + O1


He likes people speaking well of him.
 He likes being spoken well of.
b. Nếu S  O2 thì ta có cô ng thứ c sau:
Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O1 + V-ING + O2

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + V + O2+ BEING + VP2 + BY + O1


He hates non-professional people criticizing his work.
 He hates his work being criticized by non-professional people.
4.CAUSATIVE ( THỂ NHỜ BẢO )Have / has / had / Get / got
Khi diễn tả mộ t hà nh độ ng mà chú ng ta khô ng tự là m lấ y, mà để ngườ i khá c là m, chú ng ta dù ng cấ u
trú c:
Dạ ng chủ độ ng: S + HAVE + SB + V(bare) or S + GET + SB + TO V(bare)
Dạ ng bi đô ng: S + HAVE/GET + ST + VP2
- The painter finished my father's portrait yesterday.
 My father had the painter finish his portrait yesterday.
 My father had his portrait finished by the painter yesterday.
5.BỊ ĐỘNG CHỈ GIÁC QUAN( see/hear/smell/feel/taste/watch/notice/make/help….)
a. Dạng 1
Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O + V(bare)

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + be + Vp2 + to + V(bare)

Page 71
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
I saw him pass my house.  He was seen to pass my house.
b. Dạng 2
Câ u chủ độ ng: S + V + O + V -ing

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + be + Vp2 + V -ing


I saw him passing my house.  He was seen passing my house.
6.BỊ ĐỘNG 2 TÂN NGỮ
Active : S + V + O1 + O2 Ex:The student gave me a book
Passive : S + be + V3/ed + O2 + (by O) => I was given a book by the student
Passive : S + be + V3/ed + to/for + O1 + ( by O) => A book was given to me by the student
Notes:Các động từ thường đi với giới từ
“to”give/hand/lend/offer/send/show/pay/promise/read/throw/wish/owe………
“for” : buy/do/get/leave/make/order/save/spare………….
7. CÂU MỆNH LỆNH
Câ u chủ độ ng: V/DONT’T + V + O

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + SHOULD/ MUST + (NOT) + BE + VP2

LET/DONT’T LET + O + BE + VP2


8.MỘT SỐ CẤU TRÚC BỊ ĐỘNG
a. Bị động với cấu trúc câu "It's one's duty to V" (bổn phận là)
Câ u chủ độ ng: IT'S + ONE'S DUTY + TO + V

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + BE + SUPPOSED + TO + V
Ví dụ:It's everyone's duty to keep the environment clean.
 Everyone is supposed to keep the environment dean.
b. Bị động với cấu trúc câu 'It's (im)possible to V' (không/có thể làm gì)
Câ u chủ độ ng: IT + IS / WAS + (IM)POSSIBLE + TO + V + O

Câ u bị độ ng:  S + CAN/COULD + (NOT) + BE + VP2


Ví dụ:It is possible to type the letter now.
 The letter can be typed now.
It was impossible to start the machine by electricity then.
 The machine couldn't be started by electricity then
c. Bị động với 7 động từ đặc biệt
Cá c độ ng từ : suggest, require, request, order, demand, insist(on), recommend.

Công thức:
Câ u chủ độ ng:S + suggest/ recommend/ order/ require... + that + S + V(bare) + O
Câ u bị độ ng:It +(be) + suggested/ recommended/ ordered/ required…+that+O+should+be
+Vp2
Ví dụ:He suggested that we organize a warm party.
 It was suggested that a warm party should be organized.
d. Bị động của động từ NEED
Công thức:

Page 72
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Câ u chủ độ ng: Sb + need + to V
Câ u bị độ ng: St + need + V-ing = St + need + to be + Vp2
Ví dụ:She needs to type the report
 The report needs typing/to be typed.

PRACTISES

1. Someone has just cleaned the floor.


A. The floor has just been cleaned B. The floor has been just cleaned
C. The floor is said to be cleaned. D. All are correct.
2. It is believed that the man escaped in a stolen car.
A. The man is believed to be escaped in a stolen car.
B. The man is believed to have escaped in a stolen car.
C. The man was believed to have escaped in a stolen car.
D. They believed that the man escaped in a stolen car.
3. “It was thought that the building had been destroyed” means _____.
A. The building was thought had been destroyed. B. The building was thought to have been
destroyed.
C. The building thought to be destroyed. D. They have destroyed the building.
4. People say that he killed his wife
A. he is said that he killed his wife C. he said that he killed his wife
B. people are said that he killed his wife D. he is said to have killed his wife
5. They didn’t invite me to the party.
A. I wasn’t invite to the party. C. I didn’t invited to the party.
B. I wasn’t invited to the party. D. I was invited to the party.
6. They are painting the kitchen now.
A-The kitchen is being painted now. B-The kitchen is painting now.
C-The kitchen is painted now. D-The kitchen being painted now.
7. Tom bought that book yesterday.
A. That book was bought by Tom yesterday. B. That book was bought yesterday by Tom.
C. That book yesterday was bought by Tom D. That book was bought yesterday.
8. People don’t use this road very often.
A. This road is not used very often. B. Not very often this road is not used.
C. This road very often is not used. D. This road not very often is used.
9. Mr. Pike is repairing the refrigerator at the moment
A. The refrigerator is being repaired at the moment by Mr. Pike
B. The refrigerator repaired by Mr. Pike at the moment
C. The refrigerator is being repaired by Mr. Pike at the moment
D. The refrigerator is being repairing by Mr. Pike at the moment
10.People have discovered a new source of energy
A. A new source of energy has discovered B. A new source of energy was discovered
C. A new source of energy has been discovered D. A new source of energy has be discovered
11. “They are going to build a supermarket in this area” can be written as: …………………..
A. A supermarket is going to be built in this area B. A supermarket are built in this area

Page 73
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
C. A supermarket in this area is going to be built. D. This area is going to build a supermarket
in
12. They have changed the date of the meeting.
A. The date of the meeting has been changed. B. The date of the meeting has been
changed by them.
C. The meeting has been changed the date. D. The date of the meeting has changed.
13. Somebody will call Mr. Watson tonight.
A. Mr. Watson will call somebody tonight. B. Mr. Watson will be call tonight.
C. Mr. Watson tonight will call somebody. D. Mr. Watson will be called tonight.
14. People think that Steve stole the money.
A. Steve is thought to have stolen the money. B. It was thought that Steve stole the money.
C. People are thought that Steve stole the money. D. People think that the money is stolen.
15. We are going to _____________________.
A. have our house be decorated B. get our house being redecorated
C. have our house redecorated D. have our house to be decorated
16. People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
A. It was believed that 13 is an unlucky number. C. 13 is believed an unlucky number.
B. That 13 is an unlucky number is believed. D. It is believed that 13 is an unlucky number
17. It is believed that the man escaped in a stolen car.
A. The man is believed to escaped in a stolen car. B. The man is believed to have escaped in a
stolen car.
C. The man is believed to escaped in a stolen car. D. They believed that the man stole the car.
18. People have translated this book into many languages .
a. This book have translated into many languages .
b. This book has been translate by people into many languages .
c. This book was translated into many languages .
d. This book has been translated into many languages .

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1.I'll have the boys______ the chairs.
a. paint b. to paint c. painted d. painting
2.Have these flowers______ to her office, please.
a. taken b. taking c. take d. to take
3.Lisa had the roof______ yesterday.
a. repair b. repaired c. to repair d. repairing
4.The students got the librarian______ books for them.
a. buy b. to buy c. bought d. buying
5.He had a portrait _____ as a birthday present for his daughter.
A. painting B. paint C. painted D. to be painted
6.Her watch needs _______.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
7.His car needs _________
Page 74
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
8.We got our mail ______ yesterday.
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
9.Your house needs _________.
A. redecorated B. redecorating C. being redecorated D. to redecorate
10.I’ll get Minh _________ this for you.
A. do B. done C. did D. to do
11.That book _________ by a famous author.
A. wrote B. was written C. is writing D. has written
12.Food______________ direct to the market by trucks.
A. delivered B. deliver C. can be delivered D. delivers
13.The house has_______________ after the fire.
A. to rebuild B. to be rebuilt C. to be rebuild D. rebuilt
14.All the homework_____________ at home.
A. should do B. should done C. should be done D. should be doing
15.The application form______________ to the university before May 31st.
A. must send B. sent C. must be send D. must be sent
16.Traffic rules____________ strictly.
A. followed B. must followed C. must be followed D. must follow
17.Today, many serious childhood diseases_________by early immunization.
A. are preventing B. can prevent C. prevent D. can be prevented
18.We're late. The film_________by the time we get to the cinema.
A. will already start B. will be already started
C. will already have started D. will be starting
19.I still can not believe it. My bicycle _________ some minutes ago.
A. was stolen B. was stealing C. stolen D. stole
20.Many U.S automobiles _________ in Detroit, Michigan.
A. manufacture B. have manufactured C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
21.Dynamite _________ by Alfred Bernard Nobel.
A. have been invented B. invented C. was invented D. was being invented
22.It_________that the strike will end soon.
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
23.My shirt _________by my sister on my last birthday.
A. gave B. was given C. had been given D. was being given
24.The castle_________in the 16th century.
A. built B. has built C. was built D. had built
25.A lot of pesticide residue can_______ unwashed produce.
A. find B. found C. be finding D. be found
26.This tree _________ by our grandfather over 40 years ago.
A. grew B. has grown C. is grown D. was grown
27.The story I’ve just read______Agatha Christie.
A. was written B. was written by C. was written from D. wrote by
28.Gold________ in California in the 19th century.
A. was discovered B. has been discoveredC. was discover D. they discover
29.Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony ________ next weekend
A. is going to be performed B. has been performed C. will be performing D. will have
perform
30.___________ yet?

Page 75
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. Have the letters been typed B. Have been the letters typed C. Have the letters typed D.
Had the letters typed
31.The windows _______yesterday.
A. were cleaned B. was cleaned C. cleaned D. had cleaned
32.The house ____six decades ago.
A. was built B. was building C. will be built D. was to be built
33.It is _________ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
34.He was said _________ this building.
A. designing B. to have designed C. to design D. designed
35.Some film stars_________ difficult to work with.
A. are said be B. are said to be C. say to be D. said to be
36.It _________ that learning English is easy.
A. are said B. said C. is said D. is sayed
37.John ........a respectful and obedient student.
a. said to be b. is said c. is said being d. is said to be
38.It ..........it is parents’ responsibility to take good care of their children.
a. commonly says that b. commonly to be said that
c. is commonly said that d. is commonly saying
39.More than ten victims ......... missing in the storm last week
a. are reported to be b. are reported to have been
c. are reporting to have been d. are reporting to be
40.It .......... that learning a foreign language ............ a lot of time.
a. says/ is take b. is saying / has been taken
c. is said/ takes d. was said/ was taken

MODULE 16: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES AND WISHS

A.TYPES OF CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

If + S + V-hiện tại đơn,S + will/can + ( not) + V1


(is/am/are/V/Vs/es)
LOẠI 1
Đảo ngữ
(not đặt sau chủ từ)
Should + S + V, S + will/can + ( not) + V1

Page 76
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

If + S + V-quá khứ đơn),S +would/could +(not) + V1


(were/V2/ed)

LOẠI 2
Đảo ngữ
Were + S, S +would/could +(not) + V1
(not đặt sau chủ từ)
Were + S + to V1, S +would/could +(not) + V1
CÁC LOẠI
CÂU ĐIỀU
KIỆN

If + S + had (not) + V3/ed,S + would/could + have +V3/ed

LOẠI 3
Đảo ngữ

Had + S + V3/ed,S + would/could + have +V3/ed

If + S +had (not) + V3/ed,S + would/could + V1

LOẠI HỔN HỢP

If + S + V ( quá khứ đơn ),S + would/could + have + Vp2

B.MỘT SỐ CÁCH DIỄN ĐẠT CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN KHÁC


1. OTHERWISE: NẾU KHÔNG THÌ
Ex: My teacher helped me. Otherwise, I wouldn’t have passed the exam. ( L3 )

2. Without : Nếu không


Ex: Without the sun, life on Earth wouldn’t exit ( L2 ).

3 . BUT FOR = WITHOUT


Ex: But for the sun, life on Earth wouldn’t exit ( L2 ).

4. UNLESS = IF…… NOT = TRỪ KHI, NẾU KHÔNG


Ex: Don’t call me unless you need help.( L1 )

5 . Provided that/ supposing that = if (I, II)= Nếu như, cho rằng là.

Page 77
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

6 . As long as/ So long as: miễn là, với điều kiện là

7. Or / or else= nếu không thì...


Ex: Hurry up! Or/Or else you’ll be late for school.

8. In case + clause: phòng khi Ex: Bring umbrella in case it rains


In case of + Noun: trong trườ ng hợ p Ex: In case of emergency, call 115.

Các trường hợp sau viết câu luôn viết bằng câu điều kiện loại 1
1/Câu mệnh lệnh + “or” + mệnh đề => “or” = “ not”
V1 + O …………….or + S + will + V1 => If you + don’t + V1 ,S + will + V1
Ex: Keep silent or you will go aways => If you don’t keep silent,you will go aways
2/Câu mệnh lệnh + “and” + mệnh đề => If you + V1 ,S + will not + V1
Ex: Crash my car and I will never forgive you=> If you crash my car ,I will never forgive you

WISH = IF ONLY
TYPE FORM MARKET
1/Future wish(điều S + wish + S + would / could + V Tomorrow ,next,in the future
ướ c ở tương lai) Ex: I wish I would go with you
tomorrow.
2/Present wish( điều S + wish + S + V2/ Ved/were Now,right now,at present,at the
ướ c khô ng có thậ t ở moment,at once,today
hiện tạ i ) Ex:I wish I were on the beach now
3/Past wish (điều ướ c S + wish + S + had + V3/ed Yesterday/last/in the past
khô ng có thậ t ở quá khứ Ex:He wish Lan had invited him to
her party

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. If you fail the GCSE examination, you ____not be allowed to take the entrance examination to the
university.
A. will B. would C. did D. are
2. If you_____5 minutes late, you won’t be able to get into the examination room.
A. will be B. were C. are D. would be
3. If you _____ the application form after deadline, you will not be able to take the entrance exam.
A. send B. will send C. would send D. sent
4. _____ he passes the final exam, he will apply for the Ho Chi Minh Technology University.
Page 78
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. Unless B. If C. As long as D. Both B and C
5. If she spoke English well, she _____ that job.
A. will offer B. will be offered C. would offer D. would be
offered
6. He would get mark 10 if he _____again the paper. He made one mistake in it.
A. read B. is reading C. reads D. will read
7. If I _____ get a car sick, I would go there with you.
A. won’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. wouldn’t
8. I _____ you a letter if I had known your address.
A. would have sent B. would send C. will send D. sent
9. If you _____ the front door carefully, the thieves wouldn’t have broken into your house.
A. have locked B. locked C. would lock D. had locked
10. If I_____by her, I would have come to see her while I was in Dalat.
A. had invited B. had been invited C. were invited D. have invited
11, If you _____ told us about the bad service, we would have eaten there.
A. hadn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. wouldn’t have
12, If I _____ you were sick. I would have called sooner.
A. knew B. had known C. know D. would have
known
13) If there _____ a row, I’m going to keep out of it.
A. will be B. is C. were D. had been
14) If I _____ you, I’d call and apologise.
A. am B. were C. would be D. was
15) Jack will win the election if he __________ harder.
A. will campaign B. would campaign C. campaigned D.
campaigns
16) If that hat costs much, I_____ a small one.
A. would have bought B. will buy C. bought D. would buy
17) If you_____ more carefully, you wouldn’t have had so many accidents.
A. drive B. drove C. had driven D. driven
18) If I_____ that mistake again, my teacher will get angry with me.
A. make B. makes C. made D. had made
19) If I spoke English, my job_____ a lot easier.
A. was B. were C. will be D. would be
20) If he_____ to London yesterday, _____ his old friend.
A. went/would meet B. go/would mee tC. had gone / would have met D. went / would
have met
21) I will lend them some money if they_____ me.
A. ask B. will ask C. asked D. had asked
22) If we had known who he was, we_____ him to speak at our meeting.
A. would have invited B. have invited C. will invite D. would invite
23) My dog will bark if it_____ any strange sound.
A. hear B. hears C. heard D. had heard
24) If I_____ enough money, I would buy a house.
A. had B. had had C. will have D. have

Page 79
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
25) They_____ you in if you come late.
A. won’t let B. not let C. wouldn’t let D. hadn’t let
26) If you_____ away, I’ll send for a policeman.
A. not go B. don’t go C. hadn’t gone D. didn’t go
27) If I_____ in your place, I would accept Mr. Anderson’s invitation.
A. were B. am C. be D. was
28) If I_____ a big prize in a lottery, I’d give up my job.
A. win B. had won C. won D. winning
29) If I_____ you, I would tell the truth.
A. is B. am C. was D. were
30) I was busy. If I_____ free time, I_____ to the cinema with you.
A. have / would go B. had / will go C. had had / would have gone D. have had / go
31) Why didn’t you attend the meeting?- Oh, I did not know. If I_____, I_____ there.
A. know / would come B. had known / would have come
C. had known / will come D. known / had come
32) What_____ we do if they do not come tomorrow?
A. would B. will C. did D. had
33) If I had enough time now, I_____ to my parents.
A. would write B. write C. will write D. wrote
34) It’s too bad Helen isn’t here. If she_____ here, she_____ what to do.
A. is / will know B. was / knows C. were / would know D. are / would have known
35) If I don’t eat breakfast tomorrow morning, I_____ hungry during class.
A. will get B. got C. would get D. had got
36) If she_____ late again, she’ll lose her job.
A. come B. comes C. came D. had come
37) I’ll let you know if I_____ out what’s happening.
A. find B. finds C. found D. had found
38) If we_____ in a town, life would be better.
A. live B. lived C. would live D. had lived
39) I’m sure he wouldn’t mind if we_____ early.
A. arrive B. arriving C. arrived D. had arrived
40) If I won the lottery, I_____ you half the money.
A. gave B. had given C. will give D. would give
41) The kitchen will look better if we_____ red curtains.
A. have B. had C. had had D. would have
42) If I knew his address, I_____ round and see him.
A. go B. will go C. would go D. went
43) If you_____ so busy, I would have shown you how to play.
A. hadn’t been B. weren’t C. aren’t D. wouldn’t be
44) It_____ quicker if you use a computer.
A. will be B. would be C. were D. been
45) If we have some eggs, I_____ you a cake.
A. made B. makes C. will make D. would make
46) If he comes, __________
A. we would go to lunch. B. we will go to lunch. C. we went to lunch.

Page 80
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
47. I wish I ________ a trip to London last year.
A. took B. will take C. take D. had taken
48. She wishes she __________ a lot of money now.
A. will have B. had C. had had D. has
49. The weather was terrible. I wish it _____ warmer.
A. has been B. was C. were D. had been
50. I would have visited you before if there _____ quite a lot of people in your house.
A. hadn't B. hadn't been C. wouldn't be D. wasn't
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
1. Without transportation, our modern society would not exist.
A. Our modern society will not exist without having traffic.
B. Our modern society does not exist if there is no transportation.
C. If transportation no longer exists, our modern society will not either.
D. If there were no transportation, our modern society would not exist.
2. Work hard or you will fail the exam.
A. You will fail the exam if you work hard. B. If you work hard, you won’t pass the exam.
C. You won't fail the exam if you don't work hard. D. If you don’t work hard, you will fail the exam.
3. I can’t understand him because he speaks so quickly.
A. If he spoke so quickly, I’d understand him. B. If he speaks so quickly, I can understand him.
C. If he didn’t speak so quickly, I’d understand him. D. If he didn’t speak so quickly, I understood
him.
4. He didn’t hurry so he missed the plane.
A. If he had hurried, he could have caught the plane. B. He didn’t miss the plane because his hurried.
C. If he had hurried, he might catch the plane. D. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the plane.
5. I regret going to bed so late last night.
A. I wish I hadn’t gone to bed so late last night. B. I wish I had gone to bed so late last night.
C. I wish I went to bed so late last night. D. I wish I didn’t go to bed so late last night.
6. We did not visit the museum because we had no time.
A. If we have time, we will visit the museum. B. If we had time, we would visit the
museum.
C. If we had had time, we would have visited the museum. D. If we had had time, we will visit the
museum.
7. It’s a pity that you didn’t tell us about this.
A. I wish you told us about this. B. I wish you would tell us about this.
C. I wish you had told us about this. D. I wish you have told us about this.
8. Julia couldn’t pass the driving test because she was so nervous.
A. Julia could pass the driving test if she hadn’t been so nervous.
B. Julia could pass the driving test if she wasn’t very nervous.
C. Julia could have passed the driving test if she hadn’t been so nervous.
D. Julia will pass the driving test if she wasn’t so nervous.
9. She is too busy to come to the party.
A. If she was not so busy she must come to the party.
B. If she was not so busy she could come to the party.
C. If she was not so busy she needs to come to the party.

Page 81
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. If she was not so busy she should come to the party.
10. She was careless. A fire broke out in the kitchen.
A. If she were careless, a fire broke out in the kitchen.
B. If she had been careful, a fire broke out in the kitchen.
C. If she had been careless, a fire would have broken out in the kitchen.
D. If she had been careful, a fire would not have broken out in the kitchen.
11. Men can’t fly because they don’t have wings .
A. If men have wings , they will fly . B. If men could fly , they would have wings .
C. Men couldn’t fly unless they had wings . D. Men could fly if they had wings .
12. She didn't do the test because it was too difficult.
A . If the test had been too difficult, she could have done it.
B . If the test hadn't been too difficult, she could have done it.
C . If the test were not too difficult, she could do it.
D . If the test hadn't been too difficult, she couldn't have done it.
13. Peter doesn't read a lot. He can't find the time.
A . If Peter hadn't got the time, he would read a lot. B . If Peter has the time, he will
read a lot.
C . If Peter had had the time, he would have read a lot. D . If Peter had the time, he
would read a lot.
14. She didn’t stop her car because she didn’t see the signal.
A. If she saw the signal, she would stop her car.
B. If she had seen the signal, she would stop her car.
C. If she had seen the signal, she would have stopped her car.
D. If she saw the signal, she would have stopped her car.
15. I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read hisbook.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me tounderstand.
B. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult tounderstand.
C. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in hisbook.
D. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read hisbook.
16. John is fat because he eats so many chips.
A. If John doesn’t eat so many chips, he will not be fat. C. John is fat though he eats so many
chips.
D. being fat, John eats so many chips. B. If John didn’t eat so many chips, he would
not be fat.
17. Susan regretted not buying that villa.
A. Susan wished she had bought that villa. B. Susan wished she bought that villa.
C. Susan wished she could buy that villa. D. Susan wished she hadn’t bought that villa.
18. You drink too much coffee, that's why you can't sleep.
A. If you drank less coffee, you would be able to sleep. B. You drink much coffee and you can
sleep.
C. You would sleep well if you didn't drink any coffee. D. You can sleep better without
coffee.
19. If you don't have his number, you can't phone him.
A. You can phone him unless you have his number.
B. You can't phone him unless you don't have his number.

Page 82
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
C. You can phone him unless you don't have his number.
D. You can't phone him unless you have his number.
20.She took the train last night, so he wasn’t late.
A. If she had taken the train last night, she would have been late.
B.Unless she hadn’t taken the train last night, she would be late.
C. If she took the train last night, she would be late.
D. Unless she had taken the train last night, she would have been late.
21. I didn’t have an umbrella with me, so I got wet
A. If I had had an umbrella, I wouldn’t get wet B. If I had had an umbrella, I would get wet
C. If I had had an umbrella, I wouldn’t have got wet D. If I had had an umbrella, I would have got
wet
22. His laziness prevents him from becoming a good worker.
A. If he weren’t lazy, he would become a good worker.
B. If he hadn’t been lazy, he would have become a good worker.
C. Despite his laziness, he becomes a good worker.
D. It was his laziness that prevented him from becoming a good worker.
23/ It rains so we can’t go to school.
A. If it rains, we could go to school B. If didn’t rain, we could go to school
C. If it not rain, we could go to school D. If it rains, we can go to school
24: My sister is often sick because she doesn’t do physical exercise.
A. If my sister does physical exercise, she won’t often be sick.
B. If my sister isn’t physical exercise, she does sick.
C. If my sister did physical exercise, she wouldn’t often be sick.
D. If my sister wasn’t physical exercise, she would do sick.
25: He was driving very fast because he didn’t know the road was icy.
A. If he knew the road was icy, he wouldn’t drive so fast.
B. If he had known the road was icy, he wouldn’t have driven so fast.
C. He wasn’t driving very fast if he would know the road was icy.
D. He hadn’t been driving he would have known the road was icy.

MODULE 17: REPORTED SPEECH


ĐTNX ( S) O ( sau V ) TTSH + N
I me my
We us our
You you your
They them their
He him his
She her her
It it its
* Câ u tườ ng thuậ t là câ u thuậ t lạ i ý củ a ngườ i nó i
* Khi độ ng từ tườ ng thuậ t ở thì quá khứ, để đổ i từ câ u trự c tiếp sang câ u tườ ng thuậ t => ta dù ng
độ ng từ giớ i thiệu là “ said” hoặ c “told” và đổ i BA yếu tố chính là : THÌ, NGÔI , TRẠNG NGỮ
I. THÌ ( lùi xuống 1 thì )

Page 83
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
CÂU TRỰC TIẾP CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT
1. Hiện tạ i đơn => Quá khứ đơn
V/ Vs/ Ves / am / is / are / don’t + V1 / doesn’t V1 V2 / Ved / was / were / didn’t + V
2. Hiện tạ i tiếp diễn => Quá khứ tiếp diễn
am / is / are + V-ing Was / were + V-ing
3. Hiện tạ i hoà n thà nh => Quá khứ hoà n thà nh
Have / has + V3/ed Had + V3/ed
4. Quá khứ đơn => Quá khứ hoà n thà nh
Was / were / V2 / Ved Had + V3/ed
5. Quá khứ tiếp diễn => QKHTTD
Was / were + V-ing Had + been + V-ing
4. Tương lai đơn => Tương lai trong quá khứ
will + V would + V
5. can => could
6. may => might
7. must / need => had to
F Thì QKHT , ought to, could , should, might, used to, would rather, had better… => giữ nguyên
II.NGÔI
- Đổi Ngôi thứ nhất (I,We, me , us , my , our , mine , ours ) phù hợ p vớ i CHỦ NGỮ trong mđ chính
- Đổ i Ngô i thứ hai ( you , your , your ) phù hợ p vớ i TÂ N NGỮ trong mệnh đề chính
- Ngô i thứ BA ( he, she , it , him, her , his, they, them, their ) => khô ng đổ i
 Note! ( Đổi ngôi thứ nhất số ít và số nhiều sang câu gián tiếp )
TRỰC TƯỜNG THUẬT TRỰC TƯỜNG TRỰC TƯỜNG THUẬT
TIẾP TIẾP THUẬT TIẾP
I  He ( nam)/She(nữ ) We  they You  I/he/she/we
me  him / her us  them You  Me/him/her/us
my  his / her our  their Your  My/his/her/our
mine  his / hers ours  theirs
myself  himself / herself ourselves  themselve
s

III. TRẠNG TỪ
TRỰC TIẾP TƯỜNG THUẬT
1. This => That
2. These => Those
3. Now => Then
4. Here => There
5. Today => That day
6. Tonight => That night
7. ago => before
8. yesterday => the previous day / the day before
9. tomorrow => the following day / the day after
10. last…. => the previous…..
11. next….. => the following
IV. CÁC MẪU CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT
CÁC LOẠI CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT

Page 84
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

CÂU PHÁT BIỂU


S + said/ said to O/ told O+ that +
S + V ( lùi xuống 1 thì ) + adv

CÂU HỎI
S + asked + ( O) / wondered/ wanted to know +( if /
whether) or (Wh- ) + S+ V ( lùi thì )

CÂU MỆNH LỆNH

Cám ơn: S + thanked + O + for V-ing


Xin lỗi: S + apologized ( to O ) + for V-ing
Buộc tội: S + accused + O + of V-ing
Yêu cầu : asked + O + to-V Chúc mừng : S + congratulated + O + on V-ing
Mời : invited + O + To-V Cảnh báo: S + warned + O + against + V-ing
Khuyên: advised + O + To-V Ngăn ngừa: S + stopped / prevented + O + from
Nhắc nhở: reminded + O + To-V V-ing
Ra lệnh : ordred + O + To-V Đề nghị: S + suggested + V-ing
Đồng ý: agreed + To-V S + suggested that + S + ( should ) + V
Hứa:promised + To-V Khăng khăng: S + insisted + on/upon + V-ing
Khuyến khích:encouraged + O + To-V Phủ nhận : S + denied + V-ing
Cảnh báo:warned + O + To-V Thừa nhận : admitted + Ving
Muốn : wanted + O + To-V admitted + having + V3/ed
Từ chối:refused + to V Đổ lỗi :Blamed + O + for V-ing
Mong đợi: hoped + to V Hối hận: regreted + Ving
Yêu cầu :demaded + to V Mơ về: dreamed of + Ving
Quyết định:decided + to V Phản đối : objected to + Ving
Đe dọa:threatened + to V Than phiền : complained about + Ving
Xung phong:offered + To V Nghĩ về : thought of + V3/ed
Mệnh lệnh: commanded + O + To V Mong mỏi đến :looking forward to + Ving
Giới thiệu:Recommended + O + to V Thú nhận : confessed to + Ving
Chỉ dẩn: instructed + O + To V Chỉ trích ai đó : criticized/reproach + O + for +
Thuyết phục: persuded + O + To V Ving
Tha Thứ cho ai :forgive + O + for + Ving

V.NO CHANGES IN VERBS IN REPORTED SPEECH ( KHÔNG THAY ĐỔI THÌ )

Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại hoặc tương lai ( say,
tell, have told, will say...)

Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ ,cũng không thay
đổi thì trong các trường hợp sau
CÁC TRƯỜNG
HỢP KHÔNG
THAY ĐỔI THÌ
Diễn tả 1 Khi động từ Khi động từ Khi tường
KHI CHUYỂN
chân lý, sự trong câu trong câu trực thuật
TỪ TRỰC TIẾP
thật hiển trực tiếp có tiếp có used mệnh đề
SANG GIÁN
nhiên,câu các thì :quá to,should,would, ước muốn Page 85
TIẾP
điều kiện khứ tiếp diễn could,might, với “ wish”
loại 2 và 3 kết hợp với ought to,had và “ if only
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

 Lưu ý: không dùng dấu ngoặc kép, dấu chấm hỏi, dấu chấm than, dấu hai chấm trong lời nói
tường thuật

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. He asked them --------------.
A. help him B. should help him C. to help him D. help to him
2. She said that she -------------- there the year before.
A. went B. had gone C. would go D. goes
3. Peter asked Jane why -------------- the film on T.V the previous night.
A. didn’t she watch B. hadn’t she watched
C. she doesn’t watch D. she hadn’t watched
4. They said they -------------- us if we needed.
A. help B. helped C. would help D. had helped
5. He advised them -------------- in class.
A. to not talk B. not to talk C. to talk not D. don’t talk
6. She said to us “Don’t be late again”.
A. She said us not to be late again. B. She told us to be not late again.
C. She told to us not to be late again. D. She told us not to be late again.
7. John said “You had better not lend them any money, Daisy”.
A. John said Daisy not to lend them any money.
B. John advised Daisy should not lend any money.
C. John said to Daisy not lend them any money.
D. John advised Daisy not to lend them any money.
8. “I’m sorry I have to leave so early’, he said.
A. He apologized for having to leave early. B. He apologized to have to leave early.
C. He apologized that he has to leave early D. He apologized to have left early.
9. “Can I borrow your pen please, Sam?”, said Gillian.
A. Gillian asked Sam if she can borrow his pen.
B. Gillian asked Sam if she could borrow his pen.
C. Gillian asked Sam she can borrow his pen.

Page 86
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. Gillian asked Sam she could borrow his pen.
10.“Where did you go last night, Nam?”, said Hoa
A. Hoa said to Nam where had he gone the night before.
B. Hoa said to Nam where he had gone the night before.
C. Hoa told Nam where he had gone last night.
D. Hoa asked Nam where he had gone the night before.
11.“What were you doing last night, Mr. John?” The police asked.
A. The police asked what were you doing last night, Mr. John.
B. The police asked Mr. John what he had been doing the night before.
C. The police asked Mr. John what had he been done the night before.
D. The police asked Mr. John what he had done the night before.
12.He said he would do it --------------.
A. yesterday B. the following day C. the previous day D. the day before
13.He proved that the earth -------------- round the Sun.
A. had gone B. was going C. goes D. would go
14.I told you -------------- the computer, didn’t it?
A. to switch off B. don’t switch off C. not switch off D. switch off
15.Mr. Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the_________ day
A. previous B. following C. before D. last
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
16.“Are you fond of watching television?”, Miss Ngân said to Mr. Bình.
A. Miss Ngâ n told Mr. Bình if he is fond of watching television.
B. Miss Ngâ n asked Mr. Bình if he was fond of watching television.
C. Miss Ngâ n invited Mr. Bình to be fond of watching television.
D. Miss Ngâ n suggested Mr. Bình to watching television
17.“Will Mary be here for five days?, Tom asked Thư.
A. Tom asked Thư will Mary be here for five days. B. Tom asked Thư how long would
Mary be there.
C. Tom asked Thư whether Mary would be there for five days or not. D. Tom asked Thư how long
Mary would be there.
18.“Where are you going Nam?”, Lan asked.
A. Lan asked Nam where he was going. B. Lan asked Nam where he is going.
C. Lan asked Nam where to go. D. Lan asked Nam where you were going.
19.“Where does your father work?”, the teacher asked me.
A. The teacher asked me where your father worked. B. The teacher asked me where my
father worked.
C. The teacher asked me where did my father work. D. The teacher asked me where did my
father work.
20.“How far is it from Hồ Chí Minh City to Vũng Tàu?”, a tourist asked.
A. A tourist asked how far is it from Hồ Chí Minh City to Vũ ng Tà u.
B. A tourist asked how far it is from Hồ Chí Minh City to Vũ ng Tà u.
C. A tourist asked how far was it from Hồ Chí Minh City to Vũ ng Tà u.
D. A tourist asked how far it was from Hồ Chí Minh City to Vũ ng Tà u.
21.“How many people are there in your family?”, he asked Lan.
A. He asked Lan how many people are there in my family. B. He asked Lan how many people there
are in my family.

Page 87
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
C. He asked Lan how many people there were in her family. D. He asked Lan how many people were
there in her family.
22.“How long will you stay in England?”, Tâm’s friends asked him.
A. Tâ m’s friends asked him how long will he stay in England.
B. Tâ m’s friends asked him how long he will stay in England.
C. Tâ m’s friends asked him how long he would stay in England.
D. Tâ m’s friends asked him how long would he stay in England.
23.“We are very tired. ”, they said.
A. They said we were very tired. B. They said they were very tired.
C. They said we are very tired. D. They said they are very tired.
24.They wanted to know ..................... in the area.
A . how long would he stay B . If he would stay how long
C . how long he will stay D . how long he would stay
25. “His sister said, “I don’t buy this book. ”
A. His sister said I don’t buy this book. B. His sister said she didn’t buy this book.
C. His sister said I didn’t buy that book. D. His sister said she didn’t buy that book.
26.They said, “We have to try our best to win the match. ”
A. They said we have to try our best to win the match. B. They said we have to try their best
to win the match.
C. They said they had to try their best to win the match. D. They said they had to try our best
to win the match.
27.She said to Nam: “Come into my office, please. ”
A. She told Nam to come into her office. B. She told Nam to come into my office.
C. She said Nam come into her office, please. D. She said Nam come into my office, please.
28.The traffic policeman said, “Show me your driving license, please. ”
A. The traffic policeman asked to show me your driving license, please.
B. The traffic policeman suggested to show him your driving license.
C. The traffic policeman suggested showing him my driving license.
D. The traffic policeman asked to show me his driving license.
29.Mrs. Jackson said to Alice, “Could you give me a hand, please”
A. Mrs. Jackson said Alice if she could give her a hand. B. Mrs. Jackson told Alice to give her a
hand.
C. Mrs. Jackson asked to Alice to give her a hand. D. Mrs. Jackson cursed Alice if she could
give her a hand.
30.Nam said to the taxi driver, “Please turn left at the first traffic light. ”
A. Nam asked the taxi driver please turn left at the first traffic light.
B. Nam said the taxi driver to turn left at the first traffic light.
C. Nam asked the taxi driver turning left at the first traffic light.
D. Nam told the taxi driver to turn left at the first traffic light.
31.The police said, “Don’t touch anything in the room. ”
A. The police commanded us not to touch anything in the room. B. The police advised to not touch
anything in the room.
C. The police said not touch anything in the room. D. The police asked not touching
anything in the room.
32. “Would you like to have dinner with me?”, Miss Hoa said to me
A. Miss Hoa asked me if would I like to have dinner with her?

Page 88
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
B. Miss Hoa suggested me if I would like to have dinner with her or not.
C. Miss Hoa told me to like to have dinner with her or not. D. Miss Hoa invited me to have
dinner with her.
33.“You should stay in bed”, I said to him.
A. I said him he should stay in bed. B. I advised him to stay in bed.
C. I prayed him to stay in bed. D. I ordered him you should stay in bed.
34.My mother told me “You should visit your grandmother tomorrow”
A. My mother told me I should visit your grandmother tomorrow.
B. My mother invited me to visit my grandmother tomorrow.
C. My mother advised me to visit my grandmother the day after.
D. My mother urged me visiting my grandmother the next day.
35.“I will expect to see you next Wednesday”, said Mary to her boy friend.
A. Mary sai to her boy friend she would expect to see you the following Wednesday.
B. Mary promised her boy friend that she would expect to see you the following Wednesday.
C. Mary expected to see her boy friend the following Wednesday.
D. Mary told boy her friend that she would expect to see him the next Wednesday.

MODULE 18 : RELATIVE CLAUSES


A. CÁCH SỬ DỤNG ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ
1. 4 trường hợp sử dụng MĐQH có dấu phẩy
Danh từ riêng ( Viết hoa ) : Mary, Peter
this, that, these, those + N(s) : This book ...
Tính từ sỡ hữ u + N : my, his, her, our, their, its, your + N
Sỡ hữ u cá ch ( N’s N ) : Hoa’s book
2. Cách sử dụng đại từ quan hệ trong mệnh đề không dấu “,”
N chỉ người + who / that +V
N chỉ người + whom / who / that +S+V
N chì người và vật + that +S+V
N chỉ vật + which / that +V/SV
N chỉ người / vật + whose +N+SV
Thời gian + when = in, on , at + which +SV

Page 89
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Nơi chốn + where= in,on,at + which + S V
Lý do + why = for which +SV
 THAT: thay thế cho WHO/ WHOM/ WHICH trong MÐQH không dấu phẩy
3. Các trường hợp dùng “ That”
 hình thứ c so sá nh nhấ t ( the most , the adj-est )
 đi sau cá c từ : only, the first, the last
 danh từ chỉ ngườ i và vậ t
 sau cá c đạ i từ bấ t định, đạ i từ phủ định, đạ i từ chỉ số lượ ng: no one, nobody, something,
somebody, all, some, any, little, none.
B. BÀI TẬP TRẮC NGHIỆM VỀ “ WHO / WHOM / WHICH/ WHOSE....)
- N chỉ ngườ i thườ ng tậ n cù ng bằ ng gố c “ or, er, ist, ian
- N chỉ vậ t thườ ng tậ n cù ng bằ ng gố c “ ion, ment, ..
- Phía sau là N thường dùng “ Whose” -> 1 số N thường gặp như: car, son, daughter, outlook,
book, houses, mother, father, brother, parents
- Nơi chốn dùng “ where” , thời gian dùng “ when”, lý do = “ why”
- So sánh nhất ( the most ..., the + adj-est) dùng “ That”
C. NỐI 2 CÂU DÙNG ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ (Đầu câu là Người dùng Who giữa và cuối
dùng Whom)
Ex: Mary, is a good teacher. I saw her last B1: Xác định 2 từ giống ở câu 1 và câu 2
week Câu 1 : Xá c định từ giố ng
Xem có dù ng dấ u “,” khô ng
Câu 2: Thay từ giố ng bằ ng “who / whom = ngườ i”/
“which = vậ t” , “ where= nơi chố n” , “ when= t.gian”
“whose = sở hữ u”
Mary is a good teacher. Whom I saw last B2: Đem “ Who/ which..” ra đầu câu 2
week
Mary, whom I saw last week, is a good teacher B3. Đem ca câu 2 đặt sau từ giống ở câu 1 và ghi
phần còn lại câu 1 ( nếu có )

RELATIVE PRONOUNS FOLLWED BY A PREPOSITION


Trong mệnh đề quan hệ có giới từ thì giới từ có Ex1: She is the woman about whom I told you
2 vị trí đứng: She is the woman who/whom/ that I told you
- Giới từ đứng trước đại từ quan hệ hoặc giới từ about.
đứng sau động từ.
- Lưu ý: Giới từ không đứng trước đại từ quan Ex2:Did you find the world which you were looking
hệ “ who và that” up ?
- Khi giới từ là thành phần của cụm động từ thì (NOT : _____the world up which you were looking ? )
không thể đem giới từ ra trước “whom, which, Ex3: The woman without whom I can’t live is Jane
whose” ( NOT : The woman whom can’t live without is Jane )
- Giới từ “ WITHOUT”không được đặt sau động từ
mà phải đặt trước đại từ quan hệ.
REDUCTION RELATIVE CLAUSES
Khi động từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ ở thể chủ động E.g: That man,who is standing over
+ am/is/are/was/were + V-ing there,is my best friend.
Page 90
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
+V1/Vs/es => That man,standing over there,is my
+V2/ed best friend
+has/have + V3/ed
=> Bỏ ĐTQH,Bỏ trợ động từ nếu có,Động từ chính => V-ing
Khi động từ trong ,mệnh đề quan hệ ở thể bị động E.g: The boy who was injured in the
+am/is/are/was/were + V3/ed accident was taken to the hospital
+have/has + been + V3/ed =>The boy injured in the accident was
=> Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ trợ động từ nếu có,Động từ chính => V-3/ED taken to the hospital
Khi đại từ quan hệ làm chủ ngữ đứng sau E.g: He was the last man who left the
“first/last/second/only/next/one/dạng so sánh nhất hoặc burning building.
để chỉ much đích,sự cho phép => Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ trợ động từ => He was the last man to leave the
nếu có burning building.
Động từ chính => To-V( chủ động) E.g This is the second person who was
Động từ chính => to be V3/ed ( bị động) killed in that way
=> This is the second person to be killed
in that way

Rút gọn mệnh đề bằng cụm danh từ có dạng: S + Be + E.g: Football,which is a popular sport,ivery
N /cụm N/cụm giới từ good for health.
=> Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ be => Football, a popular sport,ivery good for
health.
Mệnh đề quan hệ chứa tobe và tính từ/cụm tính từ E.g:My grandmother,who is old and
=> Bỏ ĐTQH, Bỏ be giữ nguyên tính từ phía sau sick,never goes out of the house.
=> My grandmother, old and sick,never goes
out of the house.

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. The young man was released after the court was found innocent of all the charges
against him.
A. who B. who he C. which D. whose
2. Is that the same film we watched last year?
A. when B. which C. why D. who
3. The girl I borrowed the dictionary asked me to use it carefully.
A. whose B. from whom C. from whose D. whom
4. The first television picture John Logie Baird transmitted on 25 November, 1905 was a
boy worked in the office next to Baird's workroom in London.
Page 91
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. which; whom B. who; which C. that; whose D. that; who
5. Joyce Bews, was born and grew up in Portsmouth on the south coast of England, she
still lives, was 100 last year.
A. that; in which B. who; where C. that; where D. who; that
6. The pollution they were talking is getting worse.
A. that B. about which C. which D. whom
7. Robert Riva, an Italian player used to play for Cremonese, now coaches the Reigate
under 11’s football team.
A. when B. which C. where D. who
8. When I was at school, there was a girl in my class skin was so sensitive that she
couldn't expose her skin to the sun even with cream on.
A. where B. whose C. whom D. that
9. Unfortunately, the friend with I intended to go on holiday to Side is ill, so I'll have to
cancel my trip.
A. who B. whom C. where D. that
10.The new stadium, will be completed next year, will seat 30,000 spectators.
A. what B. where C. when D. which
11.Blenheim Palace, Churchill was born, is now open to the public.
A. when B. where C. which D. whose
12.The man I introduced you to last night may be the next president of the university.
A. which B. whom C. whose D. why
13.Cathy is trustworthy. She's a person upon you can always depend.
A. who B. whom C. that D. ∅
14.Your career should focus on a field in you are genuinely interested.
A. which B. what C. that D. ∅
15.People outlook on life is optimistic are usually happy people.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
16.The girl dress you admire has been working for an export company since she left
school.
A. who B. what C. whose D. whom
17.One of the people arrested was Mary Arundel, is a member of the local council.
A. that B. who C. whom D. ∅
18.The Titanic, Gsank in 1922, was supposed to be unsinkable.
A. whose B. that C. which D. who
19.The Newspaper is owned by the Mearson Group, _________chairman is Sir James Bex.
A. which B. that C. who D. whose
20. Genghis Khan, name means "very mighty ruler", was a Mongol emperor in the
Middle Ages.
A. whom B. whose C. who D. how
21.She has two brothers, are engineer.
A. whom both B. both who C. both of whom D. both whom
22.Extinction means a situation a plant, an animal or a way of life stops existing.
A. to which B. for which C. on which D. in which
23.The party, I was the guest of honor, was extremely enjoyable.
A. at that B. at which C. to that D. to which
24.Ann has a lot of books, she has never read.
A. most of that B. most of these C. most of which D. which most of them
25.We have just visited disadvantaged children in an orphanage in Bac Ninh Province.
A. located B. locating C. which locates D. to locate
26. An endangered species is a species population is so small that it is in danger of
Page 92
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
becoming extinct.
A. whose B. which C. what D. who
27.Pumpkin seeds, protein and iron, are a popular snack.
A. that B. provide C. which D. which provide
28.He lives in a small town
A. Where is called Taunton B. which is called Taunton
C. is called Taunton D. that called Taunton
29.The scientists on this project try to find the solutions to air pollution.
A. working B. worked C. are working D. who working
30.The girl ______ is our neighbor.
A. talks to the lady over there C. was talking to the lady over there
B. is talking to the lady over there D. talking to the lady over there
31.She didn’t tell me the reason _______ she came late.
A. when B. for which C. for why D. both B and C
32.This is the best play ________ I have ever seen.
A. which B. what C. whom D. that
33.Taj Mahal, _____ by Shah Janhan for his wife, is thought to be one of the great architectural
wonders of the world.
A. building B. to build C. built D. to be built
34.Mr.Jones, ______I was working, was generous about overtime payments.
A. he B. for whom C. for him D. whom
35.Is this the address to ____________ you want the package sent ?
A. where B. which C. that D. whom
36.He was the last man _________ the ship.
A. who leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
37.The nurse_________from Japan can speaking English well.
A. which comes B. who come C. coming D. came
38.More than a mile of roadway has been blocked with trees, stones and other debris, ____the
explosion.
A. causing B. caused by C. which caused by D. which caused
39.I have a message for people __________ by the traffic chaos.
A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. who delaying
40.Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is the 8th World Heritage in Viet Nam ____ by UNESCO.
A. to be recognised B. to recognise C. recognising D. recognised
41.Tom was the last ______the classroom yesterday.
A. to leave B. leaving C. left D. leaves
42.The palace _____ many centuries ago remains practically intact.
A. building B. to build C. built D. people build
43.Many of the pictures ________ from outer space are presently on display in the public library
A. sending B. sent C. which sent D. which is sending
44.The house ______ in the storm has now been rebuilt .
A. destroyed B. destroying C. which destroyed D. that is destroyed
45.The man ______ at the blackboard is our teacher .
A. stood B. stands C. standing D. to stand
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions. ( Reduction Relative Clauses )
Question 1. Half the people _____said they would pay more for environmentally friendly food.

Page 93
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. polled B. polling C. who polled D. to poll
Question 2. the door, I saw a luxurious car.

A. Opened B. I opened C. Opening D. Upon opened


Question 3. I come from a city _ located in the southern part of the country.

A. locate B. which located C. locating D. located


Question 4. When in a proper way, the Internet is a great way to obtain
useful information.

A. use B. using C. used D. to use


Question 5. She’s much into a novel by Han Mac Tu.

A. write B. written C. writing D. which written


Question 6. He is the only student in the class _ the tricky question.

A. answer B. answered C. who answer D. to answer


Question 7. The two men _ by the police were released today.

A. arrested B. arresting C. arrest D. to arrest


Question 8. The house _ in red is where John lives.

A. paint B. painted C. to paint D. painting


Question 9. Although about work, he refused the idea of giving up.

A. stress B. stressing C. stressed D. which was stressed


Question 10. The house in the storm has now been rebuilt.

A. destroyed B. destroying C. which destroyed D. that is destroyed


Question 11. Once into different languages, the novel will gain special attention
from potential readers.

A. translate B. translated C. being translate D. to translate


Question 12. After breakfast with her children, she started to prepare for lunch.

A. being had B. having had C. have D. had

Question 13. I have a message for people by the traffic chaos.


A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. delaying
Question 14. Melanie was the only person a letter of thanks.
A. wrote B. written C. to write D. writing
Question 15. If _ to the zoo, our children will be very happy.

A. take B. to take C. taking D. taken


Question 16. The drug from the bark of the cinchona tree, is native to South America.

A. derived B. to derive C. deriving D. which derived


Question 17. Front-line workers________________their life to treating the Covid-19 patients need to be
given much more attention from the public.

A. devote B. devoting C. devoted D. who is devoted

Page 94
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Question 18. If _ during the pandemic, schools need to be fully prepared for
online courses.

A. close B. closed C. closing D. is closed


Question 19. The online conference to the reinvestment of profit was disrupted
by the system crash.

A. relating B. related C. to relate D. which relate


Question 20. The contraction in China is the starkest economic sign of the damage by the pandemic.

A. caused B. causing C. to cause D. which caused


Question 21. Those in taking this online course should contact me at 555-4573.

A. interesting B. who is interested C. who interested D. interested


Question 34. The virus from Wuhan (China) killed millions of people in the world just
in five months.

A. emerged B. emerge C. which emerging D. emerging


Question 35. Toxic chemicals _ into the seas pose a risk to the public health.

A. release B. released C. to release D. which released

MODULE 19: PHRASE & CLAUSE

I. CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ SỰ NHƯỢNG BỘ( ALTHOUGH/ IN SPITE OF )


1. Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ (Phrases of 1. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ
concession) (Adverbial clauses of Concession)
In spite of / Despite + Danh từ Although / Even though / Though + S + V
Ngữ danh từ Despite the fact that
V-ing In spite of the fact that
Ex: - Despite his laziness, he passed the exam. Ex: - Although he was lazy, he passed the exam.
II. CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ LÝ DO ( BECAUSE / BECAUSE OF….) : BỞI VÌ
1. Cụm từ chỉ lý do (Phrases of reason) 2. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do (Adverbial
Because of + Danh từ clauses of reason)
Due to Ngữ danh từ Because / As / Since + S + V , S + V
Owing to V-ing due to the fact that
owng to the fact that

Page 95
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
III. PHRASES AND CLAUSES OF PURPOSE (CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ MỤC ĐÍCH)
1. Cụm từ chỉ mục đích (Phrases of purpese) 2. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ mục đích (Adverbial
(not) clauses of purpose)
in order (not) + to + V1 (để mà / để mà ko)
so as (not) so that will /would
S + V in order that + S + can / could + V1
may / might
Lưu ý :Nếu chủ ngữ củ a mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề chỉ mụ c đích khá c nhau ta khô ng đượ c dù ng cụ m
từ chỉ mụ c đích (phrase of purpose).
IV. CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ KẾT QUẢ
1. Cụm từ chỉ kết quả (phrases of result)
a) too….to: quá …không thể b) enough : đủ….để
S + V + too + adj / adv + To-V S + be + adj + enough + ( for O ) + to V1

S + V + too + adj / adv + for O + To-V S + V + enough + N + ( for O ) + to V1


2. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả (Adverbial
clauses off result)
a) so….that b) such…that
S + V + so + adj / adv + that + S + V S + V + such + a / an + adj + Nít + that + S + V

S + V + so + adj + a + Nít + that + S+ V S + V + such + adj + N nhiều + that + S + V

S + V + so + many /few + Nnhiều + that + S+ V S + V + such + adj + N kđđ + that + S + V


S + V + so + much / little + N kđđ + that +S + V

No matter + who/ what/ when/ where/ why/ how (adj, adv) + S + V Whatever (+ N) + S + V

Adj / adv + as / though + S + V


However + Adj / Adv + S + V
Despite = in spite of + NP
Although / though / eventhough + Clause

CLAUSES OF MANNER WITH (MỆNH ĐỀ CHỈ THỂ CÁCH)


 AS (như là), AS IF & AS THOUGH(như thể là)
1. Điều không có thật ở hiện tại Ex1: She dresses as if she was/were an actress.
S + V + as if/ as though + S + V2/Ved Ex2: He talks as though he knew where she was.
Lưu ý: “were” có thể dù ng cho tấ t cả cá c chủ từ ở
MĐ giả định.
2. Điều không có thật ở quá khứ Ex: He talked about New York as though he had
S + Vqk + as if/ as though + S + had + V3/ved been there before.
 Would rather
1. Giả thiết ở HT hoặ c TL: Ex1: Mary’s husband doesn’t work in the same
office as she does.
S1 + would rather that + S2 + V2/ed => Mary would rather that her husband worked in
the same office as she does.
2. Giả thiết ở Quá Khứ :
Ex2: Her husband didn’t go to the office yesterday.
=> She would rather that her husband had gone to
S1 + would rather that + S2 + had + V3/V-ed the office yesterday.

Page 96
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. He didn’t pass the exam _________ he made many mistakes in his writing.
A. in spite of B. because of C. because D. although
2. Our visit to Japan was delayed _______my wife’s illness.
A. because B. because of C. in spite of D. although
3. ______ he had enough money, he bought a new car.
A. In spite of B. Although C. Because of D. Because
4. __________ she was very hard working, she hardly earned enough to support her family.
A. In spite of B. Because C. Because of D. Although
5. ___________ her absence from the school yesterday, she couldn’t understand the lesson.
A. Despite B. Because C. Because of D. As
6. ___________ his lack of time, he watches football every night.
A. Although B. Because of C. In spite of D. Because
7. __________ I told the absolaute truth, no one would believe me.
A. Even though B. In spite of C. Since D. As
8. My mother is always complaining __________ the untidiness of my room.
A. because B. because of C. since D. as
9. I didn’t get the job ____________ I had all the necessary qualifications
A. because B. because of C. although D. despite
10. Mrs. Harrions is ___________ he owns many places.
A. so a rich man that B. such an rich man that C. such a rich man that D. that so rich a man
11. He had to explain the lesson very clearly________________.
A. in order that his student to understand it B. so that his students could understand it
C. so as his students to understand it D. so that his students to understand it
12. We have to start early______________we won’t be late
A. so that B. so as to C. because D. although
13. The schoolboys are in hurry________they will not be late for school
A. so as to B. to C. in order that D. for
14. We set off early___________we wouldn’t get stuck in the traffic
A. although B. so that C. because D. in case
15. Many people don’t want to live in big cities ________ big cities are often heavily polluted
A. but B. because C. and D. though
16. Polar bears are in danger of going extinct ______ climate change.
A. because of B. although C. because D. despite
17. __________ his poor English, he managed to communicate his problem very clearly.
A. Because B. Even though C. Because of D. In spite of
18. The second-hand car Patrick bought was almost new ________ it was made in the 1995s.
A. or B. because C. although D. however
19. ________ my father is old, he still goes jogging.
A. although B. Since C. Despite D. In spite of
20. _________ the rain, we postpone our picnic.
A. because B. because of C. although D. In spite of
21. ________ it was raining heavily, he went out without a raincoat.
A. in spite B. in spite of C. However D. although

Page 97
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
22. ________ the wet weather, the football match went ahead.
A. In spite of B. Although C. Though D. However
23. We can not see the road ________ the fog.
A. because B. although C. because of D. in spite of
24. These boys were punished ______ they went to school late.
A. because B. because of C. even though D. in spite of
25. I can’t ride my bicycle ______ there isn’t any air in one of the tires.
A. despite B. because C. although D. but

A. LÍ THUYẾT
MODULE 20:INVERSION
Đả o ngữ là hình thứ c đả o ngượ c vị trí thô ng thườ ng củ a chủ từ và độ ng từ trong mộ t câ u, đượ c dù ng
để nhấ n mạ nh mộ t thà nh phầ n hay ý nà o đó trong câ u
Các dạng đảo ngữ:
0 Dạng Công thức Ví dụ
đảo ngữ
No/Not + N + Trợ động từ + S + Động từ Not a tear did she shed when the story
ended in a tragedy.
At no time = Never = Under/In no At no time did he suspect that his
circumstances girlfriend was an enemy spy.
(không bao giờ)
By no means By no means is she poor. She only
(hoàn toàn không) pretends to be.
For no reason For no reason will we surrender.
(không vì lí do gì)

Page 98
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
In no way In no way could I believe in a
Các cụm (không sao có thể) ridiculous story.
1 từ có NO On no condition = On no account + On no account should you be late for
Trợ động từ + S + Động từ the exam.
(dù bất cứ lí do gì cũng không)
No longer (không còn nữa) No longer does he make mistakes.
No where + Trợ động từ + S + Động từ No where can the keys be found.
(không nơi nào, không ở đâu)
Đảo ngữ Never, Rarely, Seldom, Little, Hardly, Little did he know the truth.
với các Scarcely, Barely,... Never in my life have I been in such an
2 trạng từ embarrassing situation.
phủ định
Only after + S + V + Trợ động từ + S + V Only after I had left home did I realize
(chỉ sau khi) how important my family played a role
in my life.
Only after + N + Trợ động từ + S + V Only after his father's retirement did
Đảo ngữ (chỉ sau khi) he take over the company.
3 với ONLY Only by + V-ing + Trợ động từ + S + V Only by studying hard can you pass the
(chỉ bằng cách) exam.
Only if + S + V + Trợ động từ + S + V Only if you promise to keep secret will I
(chỉ nếu) tell you about it.
Only when + S + V + Trợ động từ + S + V Only when you grow up can you
(chỉ khi) understand this matter.
Only with + N + trợ động từ + S + V (chỉ Only with your help can we manage.
với)
Only once/ Only later/ Only in this Only once have I met her.
way/ Only then + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ Only later did I realize I was wrong.
+ Động từ
Hardly/barely/scarcely + had + S Hardly had I gone to bed when the
+ Vp2 + when + S + V (quá khứ đơn) telephone rang.
4 Hardly = No sooner + had + S + Vp2+ than + S + V = No sooner had I gone to bed than
No sooner (quá khứ đơn) the telephone rang.
(Ngay khi/vừa mới... thì)
Not only Not only + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Not only does she sing beautifully but
5 … but Động từ + but also + Chủ ngữ + Động từ also she learns well.
also (không những... mà còn)
So + Tính từ + V + chủ ngữ + that + clause So beautiful is she that many boys run
Such + be + N + that + clause/ N + be + after her.
So/Such ... such + that + clause Her anger was such that she broke the
6 that (quá... đến nỗi mà) vase.
= Such was her anger that she broke
the vase.
Not until/till + Time/Time clause + Trợ Not until/till midnight did he come
Not động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động từ home.
7 until/ (mãi đến khi) Not until/till I was 8 did I know how
Not till to ride a bike.
8 Neither Neither + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động Neither is there excitement nor
từ entertainment in this small town.
Câu điều kiện loại 1: Should he come, please tell him to see
Should + S+V, V + O /S + will, can... + V me.

Page 99
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Câu điêu kiện loại 2: Were I you, I would apply for that job.
Đảo ngữ Were + S + (to V) + ..., S + would/could + V Were I to have enough money, I would
9 với câu buy that car.
điều kiện Câu điều kiện loại 3: Had the car in the front not stopped so
Had + S + Vp2, S + would/could + have + suddenly, the accidents wouldn't have
Vp2 happened.
Although/even though/though + S + V, Although the exercise is difficult, the
S +V boys can solve it.
10 Although = Much as + S + V, S + V = Much as the exercise is difficult, the
= No matter what + S + V, S + V hoặc No boys can solve it.
matter how + adj/adv + S + V, S + V = No matter how difficult the exercise
= However + adj/adv + S + V = Adj/adv + is, the boys can solve it.
as/though + S + V, S + V = However difficult the exercise is, the
boys can solve it.
= Difficult as the exercise is, the boys can
solve it.
11 NOR Nor + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ + Động từ He doesn't smoke, nor does he drink.
Đảo ngữ So/Neither + Trợ động từ + Chủ ngữ I can't sing well, neither can my sister.
12 có SO/ He loves football, so do I.
NEITHER
Đảo ngữ Adv of place + V + S Near my house is a bus stop.
với các
trạng từ
13 chỉ
phương
hướng/
nơi
chốn
Đảo ngữ Cụm phân từ (V-ing/Vp2) + V + S Situated in the central mountains of
14 với cụm Alaska is a peak named Denali.
phân từ Coming first in the race was my sister.

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Not only ________ to determine the depth of the ocean floor, but it is also used to locate oil.
A. seismology is used B. using seismology C. is seismology used D. to use seismology
2. ________ advised on what and how to prepare for the interview, he might have got the job.
A. Had he been B. If he had C. Unless he had been D. Were he to be
3. Not until 1856 ________ across the Mississippi River.
A. the first bridge was built B. was the first bridge built
C. the first bridge built D. did the first bridge build
4. Only when you grow up, ________ the truth.
A. you will know B. you know C. do you know D. will you know

Page 100
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
5. ________ Mozart was an accomplished compose while still a child.
A. Remarkable as it seems B. As it seems remarkable
C. No matter remarkable it seems D. Remarkable however it seem
6. Out ________ for a walk after she finished doing her homework.
A. did Mary go B. Mary went C. Mary did go D. went Mary
7. ________ she could not say anything.
A. So upset was she that B. So upset was she
C. However upset was she that D. Therefore upset was she that
8. _______ with my previous job, I would have won a higher promotion and I _______in this unfortunate
position now.
A. Unless I had stayed / am not B. If I stayed / would not be
C. If had I stayed / will not be D. Had I stayed / would not be
9. Not only ________ to speak to him, but she also vowed never to see him again.
A. she refused B. did she refuse C. she did refuse D. when she refused
10. ________ an emergency arise, call 911.
A. Should B. If C. Will D. Were
11. Nowhere in the northern section of the United States ________ for growing citrus crops.
A. is there suitability of the climate B. where the climate is suitable
C. the climate is suitable D. is the climate suitable
12. Only after she had finished the course did she realize she ________ a wrong choice.
A. had made B. has made C. had been making D. was making
13. Never ________ him stand on the deserted station platform.
A. will I forget to see B. I will forget to see
C. will I forget seeing D. I will forget seeing
14. The instructor blew his whistle and ________
A. off the runners were running B. off ran the runners
C. off were running the runners D. the runners runs off
15. Seldom ________ far enough north to disturb South Pacific shipping lanes.
A. Antarctic icebergs will move B. will Antarctic icebergs move
C. will move Antarctic icebergs D. move Antarctic icebergs will
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
1. Olga handed in her exam paper. She then realised that she had missed one question.
A. Having realised that she had missed one question, Olga handed in her exam paper.
B. Not until Olga had handed in her exam paper did she realise that she had missed one question.
C. Had Olga realised that she had missed one question, she wouldn’t hand in her exam paper.
D. Only after Olga realised that she had missed one question did she hand in her exam paper.
2. He badly suffered cyberbullying himself He realized the true dangers of social media only then.
A. Not until he had badly suffered cyberbullying himself did he realize the true dangers of social
media
B. Such was his suffering of cyberbullying that he didn’t realize the true dangers of social media.
C. Only when he had realized the true dangers of social media did he badly suffer cyberbullying
himself.

Page 101
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. But for his terrible suffering of cyberbullying, he wouldn’t realize the true dangers of social
media.
3. The coach changed his tactics in the second half. His football team won the match.
A. But for the coach’s change of tactics in the second half, his football team could have won the
match.
B. Not until his football team had won the match did the coach change his tactics in the second
half.
C. Only if the coach had changed the tactics in the second half could his football team have won
the match.
D. Had it not been for the coach’s change of tactics in the second half, the football team wouldn’t
have won the match.
4. The green campaign was strongly supported by the local people. The neighborhood looks fresh and
clean now.
A. Had the local people not strongly supported the green campaign, the neighborhood wouldn’t
look fresh and clean now.
B. sacredly had the green campaign been strongly supported by the local people when the
neighborhood looked fresh and clean.
C. Only if the local people had strongly supported the green campaign would the neighborhood
look fresh and clean now.
D. But for the strong support of the local people for the green campaign, the neighborhood would
look fresh and clean now.
5. Smartphones are becoming reasonably priced. New applications make them more appealing.
A. Whatever new applications smartphones have, they are becoming more appealing with
reasonable prices.
B. No matter how reasonable the prices OS smartphones are, they are not so appealing with new
applications.
C. Appealing though smartphones are with new applications, they are becoming less affordably
priced.
D. Not only are smartphones becoming more affordable but, with new applications, they are also
more appealing.
6. She tried very hard to pass the driving test. She could hardly pass it.
A. Although she didn’t try hard to pass the driving test, she could pass it.
B. Despite being able to pass the driving test, she didn’t pass it.
C. No matter how hard she tried, she could hardly pass the driving test.
D. She tried very hard, so she passed the driving test satisfactorily.
7. Mary left home to start an independent life. She realised how much her family meant to her.
A. Only when Mary realised how much her family meant to her did she leave home to start an
independent life.
B. To realise how much her family meant to her, Mary decided to leave home to start an
independent life.
C. Not until Mary had left home to start an independent life did she realise how much her family
meant to her.

Page 102
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. Mary left home to start an independent life with a view to realising how much her family meant
to her.
8. Laura practised playing the instrument a lot. She could hardly improve her performance.
A. Hardly had Laura practised playing the instrument a lot when she could improve her
performance.
B. Had Laura practised playing the instrument a lot, she could have performed much better.
C. However much Laura practised playing die instrument, she could hardly perform any better.
D. As soon as Laura practised playing the instrument a lot, she could perform much better.
9. His friends supported and encouraged him. He did really well in the competition.
A. If his friends had given him support and encouragement, he could have done really well in the
competition.
B. No matter how much his friends supported and encouraged him, he couldn’t do well in the
competition.
C. Such were his friends’ support and encouragement that he couldn’t do really well in the
competition.
D. Had it not been for his friends’ support and encouragement, he couldn’t have done so well in
the competition.
10. She gave a great performance at the festival. We now know she has artistic talent.
A. Amazing as her artistic talent is, we don’t know about her great performance at the festival.
B. Hardly had we known about her artistic talent when she gave a great performance at the
festival.
C. Although she gave a great performance at the festival, now we still don’t know she has artistic
talent.
D. But for her great performance at the festival, we wouldn’t know about her artistic talent now.
11. Peter told US about his leaving the school. He did it on his arrival at the meeting.
A. Only after his leaving the school did Peter inform US of his arrival at the meeting.
B. Not until Peter told US that he would leave the school did he arrive at the meeting.
C. Hardly had Peter informed US about his leaving the school when he arrived at the meeting.
D. No sooner had Peter arrived at the meeting than he told US about his leaving the school.
12. Mike became a father. He felt a strong sense of responsibility towards his parents.
A. Were Mike to become a father himself, he would feel a strong sense of responsibility towards
his parents.
B. Only after Mike had become a father himself did he feel a strong sense of responsibility
towards his parents.
C. Had Mike become a father himself, he would have felt a strong sense of responsibility towards
his parents.
D. Not until he felt a strong sense of responsibility towards his parents did Mike become a father
himself.
13. He had hardly left the office when the phone rang.
A. No sooner had he left the office than the phone rang.
B. No sooner he had left the office than the phone rang.
C. No sooner he had left the office when the phone rang.
D. No sooner he did left the office than the phone rang.

Page 103
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
14. No matter how hard Fred tried to start the car, he didn’t succeed.
A. Fred tried very hard to start the car, and succeeded.
B. However hard Fred tried, he couldn’t start the car.
C. It’s hard for Fred to start the car because he never succeeded.
D. Fred tried hard to start the car, and with success
15. Although he was very tired, he agreed to help his child with his homework.
A. Despite of his tiredness, he was eager to help his child with his homework.
B. Tired as he was, he agreed to help his child with his homework.
C. Even if feeling very tired, he agreed to help his child with his homework.
D. He would have helped his child with his homework if he hadn’t been tired.
16. The noise next door did not stop until after midnight.
A. It was not until after midnight that the noise next door stopped.
B. It was midnight that the noise next door stopped.
C. Not until after midnight did the noise next door stopped
D. The noise next door stopped at midnight.
17. Exhaustion prevented any of the runners from finishing the race.
A. The runners can’t finish the race as a result of their exhaustion.
B. The runners are so exhausted that they can’t finish the race,
C. The runners were not exhausted enough to finish the race.
D. So exhausted were the runners that none of them finished the race.
18. He started computer programming as soon as he left school.
A. No sooner had he started computer programming than he left school.
B. Hardly had he started computer programming when he left school.
C. No sooner had he left school than he started computer programming.
D. After he left school, he had started computer programming.
19. We stayed in that hotel despite the noise.
A. Despite the hotel is noisy, we stayed here.
B. We stayed in the noisy hotel and we liked it.
C. No matter how noisy the hotel was, we stayed there.
D. Because of the noise, we stayed in the hotel.
20. Friendly though he may seem, he’s not very trusted.
A. However he seems friendly, he’s not to be trusted.
B. However friendly he seems, he’s not to be trusted.
C. He may have friends, but he’s not to be trusted.
D. He’s too friendly to be trusted.
21. Despite his early retirement, he found no peace in life.
A. Although he retired early, but he found no peace in life.
B. His early retirement has brought him peace in life.
C. He found no peace in life because he retired early.
D. Early as he retired, he found no peace in life.
22. It wasn’t clear to US at the time how serious the problem was.
A. We were not sure about how serious the problem was at the time.
B. That the problem was serious was not made clear to US.
C. Little did we know anything about the seriousness of the problem.
Page 104
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
D. Little did we realise at the time how serious the problem was.
23. If you want to save your eyesight, you must operate immediately.
A. Unless you want to save your eyesight, you mustn’t operate immediately.
B. Only by operating immediately can you save your eyesight.
C. Provided that you must operate immediately, you can save your eyesight.
D. If you did operate immediately, you couldn’t save your eyesight.
24. I only realized what I had missed when they told me about it later.
A. Only after I had realized what I had missed did they tell me about it later.
B. As soon as they told me about it I realized what I had missed.
C. Only when they told me about it later did I realize what I had missed.
D. They told me about it and I realized what I had missed.
25. The demand was so great that they had to reprint the book immediately.
A. So great was the demand that they had to reprint the book immediately.
B. So great the demand was that they had to reprint the book immediately.
A. Such great was the demand that they had to reprint the book immediately.
C. Such was the demand great that they had to reprint the book immediately.
26. You won’t find a more dedicated worker anywhere than Mrs Jones.
A. Mrs Jones is the most dedicated worker you won’t find anywhere.
B. Nowhere will you find a more dedicated worker than Mrs Jones.
C. Nowhere will not you find a more dedicated worker than Mrs Jones.
D. Mrs Jones can’t be found in nowhere.
27. The outcome of the election was never in doubt.
A. At no time was the outcome of the election in doubt.
B. At no time the outcome of the election was in doubt.
C. Never in doubt was the outcome of the election.
D. By no means was the outcome of the election been suspected.
28. The only way to eliminate world terrorism is by united opposition.
A. Only with united opposition could we eliminate terrorism.
B. Only by united opposition can we eliminate terrorism.
C. Only in this way can world terrorism be eliminated.
D. Only then can we eliminate terrorism.
29. He forgot about the gun until he got home.
A. Not until he got home did he forget about the gun.
B. Not until he got home did he remember about the gun.
C. Not until he had got home did he remember about the gun.
D. Not until he had got home did he forget about the gun.
30. The truth only came out on the publication of the general’s personal diaries.
A. Only by publishing the general’s personal diaries, did the truth come out.
B. Not until the general’s personal diaries published did the truth come out.
C. Hardly were the general’s personal diaries published than the truth came out.
D. Only when the general’s personal diaries were published did the truth come out.

Page 105
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

MODULE 21: CONJUNCTIONS


A. LÍ THUYẾT
I. Định nghĩa và phân loại liên từ
Liên từ là từ vự ng sử dụ ng để liên kết hai từ , cụ m từ , mệnh đề hoặ c câ u lạ i vớ i nhau. Liên từ đượ c chia
thà nh ba loạ i
CÁC LOẠI LIÊN
TỪ

LIÊN TỪ LIÊN TỪ
KẾT HỢP TƯƠNG QUAN LIÊN TỪ PHỤ THUỘC

for, and, nor,


but, or, yet, so both... and... (vừa... vừa...) not after (sau khi), as/when (khi), as soon as
only... but also... (không (ngay khi), before (trước khi),just as (vừa
những... mà còn...), either... or Page 106
lúc), once (một khi), since (từ khi), until/till
(hoặc ...hoặc...), neither... nor (cho đến khi), while (trong khi),
(không... cũng không...), because/now that/ since/as/seeing that
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

II. Cách sử dụng của liên từ


STT LIÊN TỪ CÁCH DÙNG VÍ DỤ
1 AND Thêm, bổ sung thông tin She is rich and famous.
2 NOR Bổ sung thêm một ý phủ định I don't want to call him nor intend to
vào một ý phủ định được nêu apologize to him.
trước đó.
3 BUT Diễn tả sự đối lập, ngược nghĩa She is beautiful but arrogant.
4 OR Nêu thêm sự lựa chọn (hoặc là, Hurry up or else you will miss the
= OR ELSE hay là) last bus.
= OTHERWISE
5 YET Đưa ra một ý ngược lại so They are ugly and expensive, yet
với ý trước đó (vậy mà, thế mà) people buy them.

6 SO Nêu kết quả của hành động + He was ill, so he didn't go to school
(THEREFORE = (vì vậy, do đó, do vậy) yesterday.
THUS + The car in the front stopped so
= HENCE suddenly. Therefore, the accident

Page 107
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
=CONSEQUENTLY happened.
= AS A RESULT)
7 RATHER THAN Diễn tả lựa chọn (hơn là) I think you should choose to become
a teacher rather than a doctor.
8 WHETHER... OR Diễn tả sự thay thế I don't know whether he will come or
(hay là) not.
9 AS ... AS So sánh ngang/không ngang + She is as tall as me.
SO ... AS bằng (bằng/không... bằng) + She isn't as/so tall as me.
10 BARELY ... WHEN Diễn tả quan hệ thời gian (ngay Hardly had he gone to bed when the
HARDLY ... WHEN khi ... thì, vừa mới ... thì) telephone rang.
SCARCELY... (Ngay khi anh ấy đi ngủ thì điện
WHEN NO SOONER thoại
...THAN kêu.)

11 AFTER Diễn tả hành động xảy ra sau After he had finished his work, he
một hành động khác (sau khi) went out for a drink.
12 BEFORE Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trước He had finished his work before he
một hành động khác went out for a drink.
13 AS SOON AS Chỉ một hành động xảy ra liền As soon as she went home, she had a
ngay sau một hành động khác bath.
(ngay khi)
14 JUST AS Diễn tả hai hành động xảy ra He left the meeting just as we
gần như cùng thời điểm (ngay arrived. (Anh ta rời khỏi cuộc họp
khi, vừa lúc) vừa lúc chúng tôi tới đó.)
15 ONCE Nói về một thời điểm mà ở đó Once you have well-prepared for it,
một hành động đã xảy ra you will certainly be successful.
16 UNTIL/TILL Chỉ hành động xảy ra/ không I wil I will wait for you until it’s
xảy ra cho tới một thời điểm possible.
nào đó (cho tới khi.)
17 IN OTHER WORDS Để giải thích rõ nghĩa hơn He was economical with the truth -
(nói cách khác) in other words, he lied.
18 WHEN Liên kết hai hành động có mối When she came, I was cooking
quan hệ về thời gian (khi) dinner.
19 WHILE Chỉ các hành động diễn ra cùng While I was doing my homework, my
= MEANWHILE một lúc (trong khi) mother was cleaning the floor.
20 SO THAT Nêu mục đích hoặc kết quả của I’m trying my best to study English
= IN ORDER THAT hành động có dự tính (để mà) well so that I can find a better job.
21 FOR FEAR THAT Chỉ mục đích phủ định (vì e He wore dark glasses lest he could be
= LEST rằng, sợ rằng) recognized.
22 WHEREAS Diễn tả sự ngược nghĩa giữa He loves foreign holidays whereas his
= ON THE hai mệnh đề (trong khi) wife prefers to stay at home.
CONTRARY
= IN CONTRAST
= ON THE OTHER
23 AS/SO LONG AS Diễn tả điều kiện (với điều kiện You can use my bike providing that
= PROVIDING là, miễn là) you promise to give it back
(THAT) tomorrow.
= PROVIDED
(THAT)
24 IN THE EVENT Diễn tả giả định về một hành Take an umbrella in case it rains.
THAT động có thể xảy ra trong tương (Mang theo ô phòng khi trời mưa.)
= IN CASE lai (trong trường hợp, phòng

Page 108
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
khi)
25 SUPPOSE Dùng để thay thế cho "if" trong Supposing he hates you, what will
SUPPOSING mệnh đề phụ [giả sử you do?
(THAT)
26 AS IF/THOUGH Dùng trong giả định (như thể He looked frightened as if he had
là) seen a ghost.
27 BESIDES Dùng để bổ sung thêm ý/ thông I can't go now, I'm too busy. Besides,
MOREOVER tin my passport is out of date.
FURTHERMORE IN (Ngoài ra/hơn nữa/thêm vào
ADDITION đó)
28 FOR EXAMPLE Ví dụ, chẳng hạn như There are many interesting places to
= FOR INSTANCE visit in the city. The art museum, for
instance, has an excellent collection
of modern paintings.
29 INDEED Được dùng để nhấn mạnh/xác I am happy, indeed proud, to be a
= IN FACT nhận thông tin trước đó member of your team.
(thực sự, quả thật)
30 INSTEAD Thay vì, thay vào We didn't go on holiday. We stayed
at home, instead.
Both + S1 + and + S2 +V(plural) Cả hai Both Tom and Ann were late
Either + S1 + or + S2 +V(S2) Hoặ c…..hoặ c Either he or I am wrong
Neither + S1 + nor + S2 +V(S2) Khô ng…..khô ng I am neither rich nor poor
Not only+ S1 +but also + S2 +V(S2) Khô ng chỉ …..mà cò n Robert is not only talented but also
helpful

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. _________ of the committee, I'd like to thank you for your generous donation.
A. Instead B. On behalf C. According D. In spite
2. _________, I decided to stop trading with them.
A. Despite of the fact that they were the biggest dealer
B. Though being the biggest dealer
C. Being the biggest dealer
D. Even though they were the biggest dealer
3. I think it's _________ to take a few more pictures.
A. enough light B. lightly enough C. light enough D. enough as light
4. _________ I heard the phone ring, I didn't answer it.
Page 109
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. because B. Only if C. Even though D. Provided that
5. Determining the mineral content of soil samples is an exacting process; _________, experts must
perform detail tests to analyze soil specimens.
A. therefore B. afterward C. so that D. however
6. Businesses will not survive _________ they satisfy their customers.
A. or else B. in case C. unless D. if
7. This investigation is not only one that is continuing and worldwide _________ we expect to continue
for quite some time.
A. but one also that B. but one that also
C. but also one that D. but that also one
8. A few natural elements exist in _________ that they are rarely seen in their natural environments.
A. such small quantities B. so small quantities
C. very small quantities D. small quantity
9. He decided to quit the job _________ the high salary he got.
A. although B. in spite
C. despite D. much as
10. I will stand here and wait for you _________ you come back.
A. because B. though C. so D. until
11. My sister won't go to the party tonight and _________.
A. so will I B. I will too
C. neither will I D. I will neither
12. When he came to the counter of pay he found that he had _________ cash _________ his credit card
with him.
A. either/or B. neither/nor C. both/and D. not/neither
13. _________ we understand his reasons, we cannot accept his behaviour.
A. As if B. What if C. Even if D. Only if
14. _________ his poor English, he managed to communicate his problem very clearly.
A. Because B. Even though C. Because of D. In spite of
15. Neither the students nor their lecturer _________ English in the classroom.
A. have used B. use C. are using D. uses
16. _________ the price is high, we can't afford to buy a new car.
A. Now that B. Although C. Whereas D. As long as
17. He hurried _________ he wouldn't be late for class.
A. since B. as if C. unless D. so that
18. I'm sorry you've decided not to go with us on the river trip, but _________ you change your mind,
there will still be enough room on the boat for you.
A. even B. nevertheless C. in the event that D. provided that
19. _________ you read the instructions carefully, you will understand what to do.
A. as well as B. as far as C. as soon as D. provided that
20. My father is getting old and forgetful _________ he is experienced and helpful.
A. Be that as it may B. Regardless C. Lest D. Consequently
21. We've had _________ problems with our new computer that we had to send it back to the shop.
A. so B. such C. enough D. too
22. The baby can't even sit up yet, _________ stand and walk!
A. but for B. let alone C. all but D. rather than

Page 110
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
23. All the candidates for the scholarship will be equally treated _________ of their sex, age, or
nationality.
A. regardless B. regard C. regarding D. regards
24. Don't be late for the interview, _________ people will think you are a disorganized person.
A. Unless B. lest C. so D. otherwise
25. You should take regular exercise _________ sitting in front of the television all day.
A. in spite of B. instead of C. without D. even
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
1. I didn't want to disturb the meeting. I left without saying goodbye.
A. Rather than disturb the meeting, I left without saying goodbye.
B. I disturbed the meeting because I said goodbye.
C. I would rather disturb the meeting than leaving without saying goodbye.
D. The meeting was disturbed as I left saying goodbye.
2. Having spent all his money, Daniel couldn't afford a new watch.
A. As Daniel had bought a new watch, he spent all his money.
B. Daniel didn't buy a new watch although he had a lot of money.
C. Because he had spent all the money, Daniel couldn't afford a new watch.
D. Daniel couldn't get a new watch because he didn't have much money.
3. She doesn't want to go to their party. We don't want to go either.
A. Either we or she wants to go to their party.
B. Neither we nor she want to go to their party.
C. Neither we nor she wants to go to their party.
D. Neither she nor we don't want to go to their party.
4. Noisy as the hotel was, they stayed there.
A. Much as the hotel was noisy, they stayed there.
B. In spite of the noisy hotel and they liked it.
C. Despite the hotel was noisy, they stayed there.
D. Although the noisy hotel, they stayed there.
5. She was so busy that she couldn't answer the phone.
A. She was very busy that she couldn't answer the phone.
B. She was too busy to answer the phone.
C. She was too busy not to answer the phone.
D. She was very busy so that she couldn't answer the phone.
6. Tim graduated with a good degree. He joined the ranks of the unemployed.
A. Tim joined the ranks of the unemployed because he graduated with a good degree.
B. If Tim graduated with a good degree, he would join the ranks of the unemployed.
C. Though Tim graduated with a good degree, he joined the ranks of the unemployed.
D. That Tim graduated with a good degree helped him join the ranks of the unemployed.
7. In spite of his poverty, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.
A. He could not devote his life to the revolutionary cause because of his poverty.
B. Although he was poor, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.
C. If he had not been so poor, he could have devoted his life to the revolutionary cause.
D. He led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause, but he was so poor.
8. She tried very hard to pass the driving test. She could hardly pass it.
Page 111
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. Although she didn't try hard to pass the driving test, she could pass it.
B. She tried very hard, so she passed the driving test satisfactorily.
C. No matter how hard she tried, she could hardly pass the driving test.
D. Despite being able to pass the driving test, she didn't pass it.
9. Smallpox is a dangerous disease. Malaria is a dangerous disease.
A. Smallpox is a dangerous disease, and so is malaria.
B. Malaria is a dangerous disease, but smallpox is not.
C. Neither smallpox nor malaria is a dangerous disease.
D. Either smallpox or malaria is a dangerous disease.
10. Transportation has been made much easier thanks to the invention of car. However, cars are the
greatest contributor of air pollution.
A. The invention of cars has made transportation much easier, but cars are among the greatest
contributors of air pollution.
B. However easier the invention of cars has made transportation, it is cars that among the greatest
contributors of air pollution.
C. Although the invention of cars has made transportation much easier, cars are the greatest
contributor of air pollution of air.
D. Although the invention of cars has made transportation much easier, people use cars to
contribute to the pollution of air.

MODULE 22: PREPOSITIONS


A. LÍ THUYẾT
I. Định nghĩa giới từ
Giớ i từ là từ hay cụ m từ thườ ng đượ c dù ng vớ i danh từ , tính từ , đạ i từ để chỉ mố i liên hệ giữ a các từ nà y
vớ i cá c thà nh phầ n khá c trong câ u.
II. Vị trí của giới từ
Giớ i từ có vị trí đứ ng riêng củ a mình trong câu, sau đâ y là vị trí củ a mộ t số giớ i từ cơ bả n trong tiếng Anh:
1. Trước danh từ
Ví dụ :+ at the cinema: ở rạ p chiếu phim
+ in 2000: và o nă m 2000
2. Sau động từ
Có thể liền sau độ ng từ , có thể bị mộ t từ khá c xen giữ a độ ng từ và giớ i từ .
Ví dụ :+ I arrived at the airport on time. (Tô i đến sâ n bay đú ng giờ .)
+ Please turn the radio down! (Làm ơn vặ n nhỏ đà i chú t!)
3. Sau tính từ

Page 112
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Ví dụ :+ Viet Nam is rich in natural resources. (Việt Nam giàu tà i nguyên thiên nhiên.)
+ He is very friendly with me. (Anh ấ y rấ t thâ n thiện vớ i tô i.)
III. Các loại giới từ
1. Giới từ chỉ thời gian
Giới từ Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
ON - Thứ trong tuầ n + We have English lessons on Monday and Friday.
- Ngà y trong thá ng/nă m + I was born on May 5th 1987.
- Trong mộ t số cụ m từ :
+ on holiday: đi nghỉ + She went on holiday with her family.
+ on vacation: nghỉ việc + He doesn’t have anything to do because he has
been on vacation.
+ on business: đi cô ng tá c + The manager and the secretary are on business.
+ on duty: đang là m nhiệm vụ + I'm sorry but I am on duty, so I can't join you.
+ on an excursion: trong mộ t chuyên du + Last week, my class was on an excursion to
ngoạ n Halong Bay.
+ on purpose: có chủ định + I think they did it on purpose.
+ on time: đú ng giờ + He is always on time. You can rely on him
….
IN - Thá ng/nă m/mù a + In March/In 2017/In summer
- Buổ i trong ngà y + In the morning/afternoon/evening
- Trong mộ t số cụ m từ :
+ in the future: trong tương lai + I wish to be a doctor in the future.
+ in the past: trong quá khứ + My village was very poor in the past.
+ in (good) time for: kịp giờ + Luckily, we are in good time for the meeting.
+ in eood/bad mood: tâ m trạ ng tố t/tệ + Today, I'm in bad mood. I don't want to do
+ in the end: cuố i cù ng anything.
+ in the beginning: lú c đầu + In the end, we get married though we hated
each other in the beginning.
AT - Trướ c cá c ngà y lễ + at Christmas: và o giá ng sinh
- Cho cuố i tuầ n + at weekend
- Trướ c giờ + at 7 o'clock
- Cho mộ t mố c thò i gian nhấ t định:
+ at night: và o ban đêm
+ at noon: và o buổ i trưa + It's cooler at night and hotter at noon.
+ at lunch time: và o giờ ă n trưa + I often read newspapers at lunch time.
+ at midday: và o giữ a ngà y + At midday everyone would go down to Reg’s
+ at the moment/ at present: bâ y giờ Café.
+ at times: thỉnh thoả ng + I am busy at the moment.
+ at dawn: khi bình minh + At times, we go out for lunch.
+ at dusk: khi hoà ng hô n + Mv parents work hard from at dawn to dusk.
+ at the same time: cù ng lú c

Page 113
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
+ The phone rang at the same time you knocked
the door.
SINCE Từ khoả ng thờ i gian nhấ t định trong I have lived here since 1997.
quá khứ đến hiện tạ i
FOR Mộ t khoả ng thờ i gian nhấ t định tính từ She has been waiting for you for 3 hours.
quá khứ đến hiện tạ i
BEFORE Trướ c khoả ng thờ i gian I got up before 6am.
AFTER sau khoả ng thờ i gian Don't come back home after 10pm.
FROM.. TO Từ ... đến I worked for the company from 2000 to 2007.
TILL/ Đến, cho đến I will wait here until you come back.
UNTIL
BY Và o, tính tớ i • By last month, they had published more than 30
reference books.
BETWEEN.. Giữ a... và He promised to turn up between 8 am and 10 am.
AND
DURING Trong suố t During the lesson, all of us kept silent.

2. Giới từ chỉ vị trí


Giới từ Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
IN - Dù ng trong mộ t khu vự c, khoả ng + in the bedroom: trong phò ng ngủ
khô ng (mang nghĩa là trong) + in hospital: trong bệnh viện
- Dù ng truớ c cá ch địa danh như thị trấ n, + in the rain: trong cơn mưa
thà nh phố , quố c gia + in a town
- Dù ng truớ c cá c danh từ chỉ phương + in Hanoi
huớ ng
+ in Vietnam
- Dù ng trong mộ t số cụ m từ
+ in the west/east/north/south...
+ in the middle of: ở giữ a
+ in front of: ở trướ c
+ in the back of: ở phía sau
AT - Dù ng trướ c cá c địa điểm cụ thể (ở /tạ i) + at the airport, at the part, at the cinema, at the
- Dù ng trong mộ t số cụ m từ : station, at the bus stop, at the meeting, at home...
+ at the end of: cuố i củ a
+ at the beginning of: đầu củ a
+ at the top of: đỉnh củ a
+ at the bottom of: đá y củ a
+ at the age of: ở độ tuổ i
+ at the center of: giữ a củ a
ON - Chỉ vị trí trên mộ t bề mặ t (trên/ở trên) + on the table
- Chỉ vị trí trên cá c tầ ng nhà + on the wall
- Dù ng trong mộ t số cụ m từ : + on the beach
+ on the second floor
Page 114
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
+ on the left/right (of): bên trá i/phả i (củ a)
BY/NEXT Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là gầ n/bên cạ nh My house is next to/beside/by a school.
TO/BESIDE
UNDER Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là bên dướ i The children are playing under the trees.
BELOW Thấ p hơn cá i khá c nhưng cao hơn mặ t The fish are below the surface.
đấ t
OVER Dù ng vớ i nghĩa:
- bị bao phủ bở i cá i khá c put a jacket over your shirt
- nhiều hơn over 16 years of age
ABOVE - Dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa: vị trí cao hơn mộ t cá i a path above the lake
gì đó
AMONG - Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : ở giữ a She is among the crowd of fans.
(hơn 2 ngườ i/ 2 vậ t)
BETWEEN Dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa: ở giữ a He is sitting between his girlfriend and his sister.
(2 ngườ i/ 2 vậ t)
BEHIND Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : ở phía sau Behind my house is a river.
OPPOSITE Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : đố i diện My school is opposite a hotel

3. Giới từ chỉ sự chuyển động


Giới từ Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
ACROSS Dù ng vớ i ý nghĩa: bă ng qua, bă ng qua về The blind man is trying to walk across
phía bên kia
INTO Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : và o trong A strange man came into the building this
morning.
TOWARDS Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : di chuyển về hướ ng He went 5 steps towards the house.
ALONG Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : dọ c theo She was walking along the beach.
BY Dù ng vớ i nghĩa là : ngang qua I usually walk by the park.
OVER Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: vượ t qua mộ t cá i gì đó + He walked over the bridge.
+ The thief climbed over the wall.
FROM ...TO Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: từ ... đến It takes me 30 minutes to travel from my house to
school.
ROUND Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: quanh If you are free, I will show you round the city.
AROUND
THROUGH Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: xuyên qua He walked through the forests.
OUT OF Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: ra khỏ i Please get out of my room.
UP><DOWN Dù ng vớ i nghĩa: lên >< xuố ng He often runs up the stairs for exercise

Page 115
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
4. Giới từ chỉ thể cách

Giới từ Nghĩa Ví dụ
WITH vớ i I'm shopping with my brother.
WITHOUT khô ng, khô ng có If you come late, we will go without you.
ACCORDING TO theo như According to the archives, he was born in Paris.
IN SPITE OF mặ c dù In spite of the rain, he turned up on time.
INSTEAD OF thay vì I'll have coffee instead of tea.
LIKE giố ng như He walked like an old man.

IV. Những cấu trúc giới từ thông dụng

Giới từ Cấu trúc Nghĩa


ABOUT - To be sorry about St + lấ y là m tiếc, hố i tiếc về cá i gì
- To be curious about St + tò mò về cá i gì
- To be careful about St + cẩ n thậ n về cá i gì
- To be careless about St + bấ t cẩ n về cá i gì
- To be confused about St + nhầ m lẫ n về cá i gì
- To be doubtful about St + hoà i nghi về cá i gì
- To be excited about St + hứ ng thú về cá i gì
- To be enthusiastic about St + nhiệt tình, hà o hứ ng về cá i gì
- To be sad about St + buồ n về cá i gì
- To be serious about + nghiêm tú c về
- To be reluctant about St (or to] St + ngầ n ngạ i, hữ ng hờ vớ i cá i gì
- To be uneasy about St + khô ng thoả i má i
- To be worried about St + lo lắ ng về cá i gì
AT - To be amazed at St + kinh ngạ c, sử ng số t vì cá i gì
- To be amused at St + thích thú vớ i cá i gì
- To be angry at sb + tứ c giậ n vớ i ai
- To be annoyed at sb + bự c mình vớ i ai
- To be bad at st + yếu kém về cá i gì
- To be brilliant at + thô ng minh, có tà i
- To be good/clever at st + giỏ i/sắ c sả o về cá i gì
- To be efficient at st + có nă ng lự c về cá i gì
- To be expert at st + thà nh thạ o về cá i gì
- To be mad at sb + tứ c điên lên vớ i ai
- To be present at + có mặ t
- To be skillful at st + khéo léo cá i gì
- To be surprised at st + ngạ c nhiên vớ i
- To be quick at st + bén về cá i gì/nhanh chó ng là m gì

Page 116
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
FOR - To be available for sth + có sẵ n (cá i gì)
- To be bad for + xấ u cho
- To be good for + tố t cho
- To be convenient for + thuậ n lợ i cho...
- To be difficult for + khó ...
- To be dangerous for + nguy hiểm...
- To be eager for + há o hứ c cho
- To be eligible for + đủ tư cách cho
- To be late for + trễ...
- To be liable for sth + có trá ch nhiệm về phá p lí
- To leave for + rờ i khỏ i đâu
- To be famous/well-known for + nổ i tiếng
- lo be fit for + thích hợ p vớ i
- To be greedy for + tham lam...
- To be grateful for sth + biết ơn về việc...
- To be helpful/useful for + có ích/có lợ i
- To be necessary for + cầ n thiết
- To be perfect for + hoà n hả o
- To prepare for + chuẩ n bị cho
- To be qualified for + có phẩ m chấ t
- To be ready for sth + sẵ n sà ng cho việc gì
- To be responsible for sth + có trá ch nhiệm về việc gì
- To be suitable for + thích hợ p
- To be sorry for + xin lỗ i/lấ y là m tiếc cho
- To apologize for st/doing St + xin lỗ i vì cá i gì/vì đã là m gì
- To thank sb for st/doing St + cả m ơn ai vì cá i gì
- To be useful for + có ích, hữ u dụ ng
FROM - To borrow st from sb/st + vay mượ n củ a ai/cá i gì
- To demand st from sb + đò i hỏ i cá i gì ở ai
- To draw st from St + rú t cá i gì
- To emerge from St + nhú lên cá i gì
- To escape from + thoá t ra từ cá i gì
- To be free from + khô ng bị, khô ng phả i
- To prevent st from + ngă n cả n ai cái gì
- To protect sb/st from + bả o vệ ai/bả o vệ cá i gì
- To prohibit sb from doing St + cấ m ai là m việc gì
- To separate st/sb from st/sb + tá ch cá i gì ra khỏ i cá i gì/tá ch ai ra khỏ i ai
- To suffer from + chịu đự ng đau khổ
- To be away from st/sb + xa cá ch cá i gì/ai
- To be different from St + khá c về cá i gì

Page 117
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
- To be far from sb/st + xa cá ch ai/cá i gì
- To be safe from St + an toà n trong cá i gì
- To save sb/st from + cứ u ai/cá i gì khỏ i
- To be resulting from St + do cá i gì có kết quả
IN - To be absorbed in + say mê, say sưa
- To believe in st/sb + tin tưở ng cá i gì/và o ai
- To delight in st + hồ hở i về cá i gì
- To be engaged in st + tham dự , lao và o cuộ c
- To be experienced in st + có kinh nghiệm về cá i gì
- To include st in st + gộ p cá i gì và o cá i gì
- To indulge in st + chìm đắ m trong cá i gì
- To be interested in st/doing St + quan tâ m cá i gì/việc gì
- To invest st in st + đầ u tư cá i gì và o cá i gì
- To involved in st + dính líu và o cá i gì
- To persist in st + kiên trì trong cái gì
- To be deficient in st + thiếu hụ t cá i gì
- To be fortunate in st + may mắ n trong cá i gì
- To be rich in st + dồ i dà o, phong phú
- To be successful/succeed in + thà nh cô ng
OF + To be ashamed of + xấ u hổ về …
+ To be afraid of + sợ , e ngạ i…
+ To be ahead of + trướ c
+ To be aware of + nhậ n thứ c
+ To be capable of + có khả nă ng
+ To be confident of + tự tin
+ To be certain of + chắ c chắ n về
+ To be doubtful of + nghi ngờ
+ To be fond of + thích
+ To be full of + đầ y
+ To be hopeful of + hi vọ ng
+ To be independent of + độ c lậ p
+ To be proud of + tự hà o
+ To be jealous of + ganh tị vớ i
+ To be guilty of + phạ m tộ i về, có tộ i
+ To be innocent of + vô tộ i
+ To remind sb of + gợ i cho ai nhớ tớ i
+ To be sick of + chá n nả n về
+ To be scare of + sợ hã i
+ To be short of + thiếu
+ To be suspicious of + nghi ngờ về

Page 118
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
+ To be joyful of + vui mừ ng về
+ To be typical of + tiêu biểu, điển hình
+ To be tired of + mệt mỏ i
+ To be terrified of + khiếp sợ về
ON + To be dependent/ depend on st/sb + lệ thuộ c và o cá i gì/ và o ai
+To be keen on st + mê cá i gì
+To be based on st + dự a trên, dự a và o
TO - To be grateful to sb + biết ơn ai
- To be harmful to sb/st + có hạ i cho ai (cho cá i gì)
- To be important to + quan trọ ng
- To be indifferent to + bà ng quan, thờ ơ
- To be identical to + giố ng hệt
- To be kind to sb + tố t vớ i ai
To be kind of sb + lò ng tố t củ a ai
- To be likely to + có thể
- To be lucky to + may mắ n
- To be loyal to + chung thuỷ vớ i
- To be necessary to sth/sb + cầ n thiết cho việc gì / cho ai
- To be next to + kế bên
- To be open to + cở i mở
- To be opposed to + phả n đố i
- To be pleasant to + hà i lò ng
- To be preferable to + đá ng thích hơn
- To be profitable to + có lợ i
- To be responsible to sb + có trá ch nhiệm vớ i ai
- To be rude to + thô lỗ , cộ c cằ n
- To be similar to + giố ng, tương tự
- To be useful to sb + có ích cho ai
- To be willing to + sẵ n lò ng
WITH - To be acquainted with + quen biết, quen thâ n
- To be angry with sb + tứ c giậ n vớ i ai
- To be busy with st/doing St + bậ n vớ i cá i gì/là m việc gì
- To be bored with = to be fed up with + chá n ngá n, chá n ngấ y
- To be consistent with St + kiên trì chung thuỷ vớ i cá i gì
- To be content with St = to be satisfied with + hà i lò ng vớ i
- To be crowded with + đầ y, đô ng đú c
- To be covered with + bao phủ vớ i
- To cope with + đương đầu vớ i
- To deal with + xử lí, giả i quyết vớ i
- To be disappointed with + thấ t vọ ng vớ i

Page 119
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
- To be patient with St + kiên trì vớ i cá i gì
- To be impressed with/by + có ấ n tượ ng/xú c độ ng vớ i
- To be popular with + phổ biến, quen thuộ c vớ i
- To be wrong with + có vấ n đề vớ i

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. This organization is quick ________ sending relief goods to the flooded areas.
A. with B. at c. for D. about
2. When are you leaving ________ Singapore? This week or next week?
A. for B. in C. to D„ at
3. Can you help me, please? I can't see the differences ________ these words.
A. from B. in C. between D. about
4. That house reminds me ________ the one where I used to live.
A. of B. for C. about D. with
5. It was very kind ________ you to lend me the money I needed.
A. for B. of C. to D. with
6. We have to apply effective measures to save many plant and animal species ________ extinction.
A. from B. in C. for D. on
7. Clearing forests for timber has resulted ________ the loss of biodiversity.
A. with B. at C. in D. for
8. She is looking ________ a new place to live because she does not want to depend ________ her parents
any more.
A. for / on B. after / with C. up / forward D. at / into
9. Due to industrialization, we have to cope ________ the fact that many species are ________ danger
________ extinction.
A. over / at / for B. at / upon / over C. for / on / with D. with / in / of
10. Boys! Put your toys ________. It is time to go to bed. Don't stay ________ late.

Page 120
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. off / on B. away / up C. down / off D. around / for
11. She intended to quit her job to stay ________ home and look ________ her sick mother.
A. in / at B. at / after C. for / over D. up / on
12. He is very worried ________ his new job because he is not quite prepared ________ working.
A. on / over B. to / off C. about / for D. in / at
13. Instead ________ petrol, cars will only run ________ solar energy and electricity.
A. of / on B. for / by C. in / over D. from/ upon
14. She has a promising future ahead ________ her.
A. for B. from C. on D. of
15. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty ________ drug advertisements.
A. with B. of C. for D. about
16. According ________ Bill, there's something wrong ________ my computer.
A. after / for B. on / about C. to / with D. upon / at
17. I'm terrified ________ breaking down on a motorway at night.
A. from B. with C. for D. of
18. As an adult, I am independent ________ my parents financially.
A. of B. with C. out D. on
19. Today, women are increasingly involved ________ the politics.
A. of B. in C. with D. from
20. Do you have any objections ________ this new road scheme?
A. at B. with C. to D. for
21. As I was ________ of the change in the program, I arrived half an hour late for the rehearsal.
A. unaware B. unconscious C. unable D. unreasonable
22. May I introduce you ________ Mrs Brown?
A. with B. for C. to D. of
23. She likes reading books ________ the library.
A. in B. at C. on D. from
24. Many students aren't keen ________ their study at school.
A. about B. for C. with D. on
25. Please write your answers ________ ink.
A. in B. with C. of D. by
26. Bread is usually made ________ wheat.
A. from B. of C. with D. by
27. Education in many countries is compulsory ________ the age of 16.
A. for B. when C. until D. forwards
28. Lack ________ food had stunted his growth.
A. of B. in C. for D. on
29. Family members who live apart try to get together ________ Tet.
A. in B. at C. on D. during
30. On Christmas Eve children go to bed full ________ excitement.
A. of B. with C. up D. in

Page 121
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

MODULE 23 : PHRASAL VERBS


I. Định nghĩa
Cụ m độ ng từ (Phrasal verbs) là sự kết hợ p giữ a mộ t độ ng từ và mộ t từ nhỏ (particle). Từ nhỏ , particle(s),
nà y có thể là mộ t trạ ng từ (adverb), hay là mộ t giớ i từ (preposition), hoặ c là cả hai:
Ví dụ: My father gave up smoking 3 years ago. (Bố tô i bỏ thuố c lá 3 nă m trướ c.)
II. Cách dùng
PHRASAL VERBS CÓ THỂ ĐÓNG VAI TRÒ LÀ:
- Ngoạ i độ ng từ (transitive): theo sau là mộ t danh từ hoặ c là mộ t cụ m danh từ vớ i chứ c nă ng là tú c từ
(object) củ a độ ng từ .
- Nộ i độ ng từ (intransitive): khô ng có tú c từ theo sau.
• NỘI ĐỘNG TỪ: Intransitive phrasal verbs
- Khô ng có tú c từ - độ ng từ cù ng particle (thườ ng là trạ ng từ - adverb) luô n đi sá t nhau:
Ví dụ:When she was having dinner, the fire broke out.
(Khi cô ấ y đang ă n tố i thì hoả hoạ n xả y ra.)
Our car broke down and had to be towed to a garage.
(Xe chú ng tô i bị hư và phả i kéo về chỗ sử a.)
• NGOẠI ĐỘNG TỪ: Transitive phrasal verbs
Đượ c chia là m hai nhó m, tuỳ theo vị trí củ a tú c từ :
- Nhóm 1: có thể ở giữa động từ và "particle" hoặc đi sau "particle":
Ví dụ:I took my shoes off. / I took off my shoes. (Tô i cở i già y ra.)
Ví dụ:He admitted he'd made up the whole thing/ He admitted he'd made the whole thing up.
(Anh ta thú nhậ n rằ ng đã bịa ra mọ i chuyện.)

Page 122
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
- Nhóm 2: Nhưng khi túc từ là những chữ như this, that, it, them, me, her và him thì chúng sẽ đứng ở
giữa động từ và 'particle':
Ví dụ:I took them off. (Not I took off them.)
He admitted he'd made it up. (Not He admitted he'd made up it.)
• NGOẠI LỆ:
Có nhiều phrasal verbs vừ a có thể là transitive hoặ c intransitive. Ngữ cả nh sẽ cho chú ng ta biết chứ c nă ng
cù ng vớ i nghĩa củ a chú ng:
Ví dụ:The plane took off at seven o'clock, (intransitive)
(Má y bay cất cá nh lú c 7 giờ .)
The man took off the shoes and came into the room, (transitive)
(Ngườ i đà n ô ng cở i già y và đi và o phò ng.)
III. Những cụm động từ thường gặp
STT Cụm động từ Nghĩa
1 Account for = explain giả i thích
2 Ask about hỏ i về
Ask after hỏ i thă m
Ask for xin
Ask sb out mờ i ai đó đi ă n/đi chơi
3 Break away trố n thoá t, thoá t khỏ i
Break down hỏ ng hó c, sụ p đổ , ngấ t xỉu
Break in xô ng và o, ngắ t lờ i, cắ t ngang câ u chuyện
Break off with sb cắ t đứ t quan hệ vớ i ai, tuyệt giao vớ i ai
Break out bù ng nổ , bù ng phá t
Break up chia lìa, chia li, chia tay
Break into độ t nhậ p và o
4 Bring about là m xả y ra, dẫ n đến, gâ y ra
Bring back đem trả lạ i, mang trả lạ i, gợ i nhớ
Bring down hạ xuố ng, là m tụ t xuố ng
Bring forward đưa ra, nêu ra, đề ra
Bring in đưa và o, mang và o
Bring off cứ u
Bring on dẫ n đến, gâ y ra, là m cho phả i bà n cãi
Bring out đưa ra, là m nổ i bậ t
Bring over thuyết phụ c, là m cho thay đổ i suy nghĩ
Bring round là m cho tỉnh lạ i
Bring round to là m cho thay đổ i ý kiến theo
Bring through giú p vượ t qua khó khă n, hiểm nghèo
5 Blow about lan truyền, tung ra
Blow down thổ i ngã , là m đổ rạ p xuố ng
Blow in thổ i và o, đến bấ t chợ t, đến thình lình
Blow off thổ i bay đi, là m xì hơi ra, tiêu phí, phung phí
Blow out thổ i tắ t
Blow over bỏ qua, quên đi
Blow up bơm că ng lên

Page 123
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
6 Catch on nổ i tiếng, trở thà nh mố t, đượ c ưa chuộ ng
Catch out bấ t chợ t bắ t đượ c ai đang là m gì
Catch up đuổ i kịp, bắ t kịp
7 Call out gọ i to
Call on/upon kêu gọ i, yêu cầu, tạ t qua thă m
Call for gọ i, tìm đến ai để lấ y cá i gì
Call at dừ ng lạ i, đỗ lạ i, ghé thă m
Call in mờ i đến, triệu đến
Call off hoã n lạ i, đình lạ i
Call up gọ i tên, gọ i điện, gọ i dậ y, gọ i nhậ p ngũ
8 Come about xả y ra, xả y đến
Come across tình cờ gặ p
Come after theo sau, nố i dõ i, nố i nghiệp, kế tụ c
Come against đụ ng phả i, va phả i
Come apart tá ch lìa ra, bung ra
Come at nắ m đượ c, xô ng và o
Come away đi xa, đi khỏ i
Come back quay trở lạ i
Come between can thiệp và o, xen và o
Come by đi qua, kiếm đượ c, vớ đượ c
Come down sa sú t, xuố ng dố c
Come down on/upon mắ ng nhiếc, xỉ vả , trừ ng phạ t
Come down with xuất tiền, trả , chi
Come in đi và o
Come in for có phầ n, nhậ n lấ y
Come into đượ c hưở ng, thừ a kế
Come off đượ c thự c hiện, đượ c hoà n thà nh
Come on đi tiếp, đi tớ i, tiến lên
9 Cut away cắ t, chặ t đi
Cut back tỉa bớ t, cắ t bớ t
Cut down chặ t, đố n
Cut in nó i xen và o, chen ngang
Cut off cắ t, cú p, ngừ ng hoạ t độ ng
Cut out cắ t ra, bớ t ra
Cut up chỉ trích gay gắ t, phê bình nghiêm khắ c
Cut down on cắ t giả m
10 Carry away mang đi, cuố n đi, bị là m cho mê say
Carry off chiếm đoạ t, là m cho chấ p nhậ n đượ c, là m cho thô ng qua đượ c
tiếp tụ c
Carry on thự c hiện, tiến hà nh
Carry out mang sang bên kia
Carry over hoà n thà nh, vượ t qua
Carry through
11 Drop across tình cờ , ngẫu nhiên gặ p
Drop off lầ n lượ t bỏ đi
Drop in tạ t và o thă m, nhâ n tiện đi qua ghé và o thă m
Drop on mắ ng nhiếc, sỉ vả , trừ ng phạ t

Page 124
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Drop out bỏ cuộ c, bỏ giữ a chừ ng
12 Die of chết vì bệnh gì
Die for hi sinh cho cá i gì
Die down chêt dầ n, chêt mò n
Die off chết lầ n lượ t
Die out tuyệt chủ ng
13 Do away with bã i bỏ , thủ tiêu
Do by xử sự , đố i xử
Do over là m lạ i, bắ t đầ u lạ i
Do up trang trí, sử a lạ i
14 Fall out of rơi ra khỏ i
Fall back ngã ngử a, rú t lui
Fall back on phả i cầ n đến, phả i dù ng đến
Fall behind thụ t lù i, tụ t lạ i
Fall down rơi xuố ng, thấ t bạ i
Fall for mê tít, bị bịp, chơi xỏ
Fall in with tá n đồ ng theo quan điểm củ a ai
Fall off giả m sú t, suy đồ i
Fall on tấ n cô ng
Fall out cã i nhau, bấ t hoà , xoã tó c
Fall over ngã lộ n nhà o
Fall through hỏ ng, dang dở , khô ng đi đến kết quả nà o
Fall to bắ t đầu
Fall under đượ c liệt và o, chịu ả nh hưở ng củ a
15 Fill in điền đầ y đủ thô ng tin
Fill out là m că ng ra, là m to ra, mậ p ra
Fill up đổ đà y, lấ p đầ y
16 Get across giả i thích rõ rà ng
Get around đi vò ng qua
Get at nắ m đượ c
Get away đi khỏ i, đi xa
Get back lù i lạ i, trở lạ i.
Get behind with St chưa hoà n thà nh mộ t việc gì đó
Get behind ủ ng hộ
Get by xoay sở để số ng/là m mộ t việc gì đó
Get down đi xuố ng
Get on đi lên, tiến bộ , lên xe
Get off xuố ng xe
Get off with sb là m thâ n, ve vã n ai
Get out đi ra ngoà i
Get over vượ t qua, khắ c phụ c, khỏ i
Get round bình phụ c, khỏ i
Get through hoà n thà nh, là m xong
Get up thứ c dậ y
Get down to V-ing bắ t đầu nghiêm tú c là m gì
17 Give away cho, trao, phá t
Give back hoà n lạ i, trả lạ i

Page 125
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Give in nhượ ng bộ , chịu thua
Give off toả ra, phá t ra
Give out chia, phâ n phố i, cạ n kiệt
Give over thô i, chấ m dứ t, trao tay
Give up từ bỏ
18 Go across đi qua, bă ng qua
Go after theo sau, tá n tỉnh
Go against là m trá i ý muố n củ a ai
Go ahead tiến lên, thă ng tiến
Go along tiến triển, tiếp tụ c
Go along with đi cù ng
Go away đi xa
Go back trở về
Go by đi qua, trô i qua
Go in for tham gia, ham, mê
Go into xem xét, nghiên cứ u
Go off đổ chuô ng, nổ tung, thiu thố i
Go on tiếp tụ c
Go out mấ t điện, ra ngoà i, đi chơi
Go over ô n lạ i, xem lạ i, soá t lạ i
Go through xong, thà nh cô ng, qua
Go up tă ng lên
Go down giả m xuố ng
Go with đi vớ i
19 Hold back ngă n lạ i
Hold down giữ
Hold forth đưa ra, nêu ra
Hold in nén lạ i, kìm lạ i
Hold off giữ khô ng cho lạ i gầ n, ná n lạ i
Hold on nắ m chặ t, giữ chặ t
Hold out đưa ra
Hold over đình lạ i, hoã n lạ i
Hold up tắ c nghẽn
20 Hang about đi lang thang, đi la cà , sắ p đến
Hang back do dự , lưỡ ng lự
Hang behind tụ t lạ i đằ ng sau
Hang down rủ xuố ng, xoã xuố ng
Hang on dự a và o, bá m và o
Hang out đi lang thang, la cà
Hang up treo lên
21 Keep away để ra xa, cấ t đi
Keep back giữ lạ i, cả n lạ i, cầm lạ i
Keep down nén lạ i
Keep from nhịn, kiêng
Keep in with thâ n thiện vớ i ai
Keep up with theo kịp, đuổ i kịp
Keep off trá nh ra

Page 126
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Keep on tiếp tụ c
Keep under đè nén, thố ng trị
Keep up giữ vữ ng, giữ khô ng cho đổ
22 Look about đợ i chờ
Look after chă m só c
Look at ngắ m nhìn
Look away quay đi
Look back quay lạ i, ngoá i cổ lạ i
Look back upon nhìn lạ i cá i gì đã qua
Look down nhìn xuố ng
Look down on coi thườ ng
Look up to kính trọ ng
Look for tìm kiếm
Look forward to mong đợ i
Look in nhìn và o, ghé qua thă m
Look into xem xét kĩ, nghiên cứ u
Look on đứ ng xem
Look out để ý, coi chừ ng
Look out for St trô ng chừ ng cá i gì
Look over xem xét, kiểm tra, tha thứ , bỏ qua
Look round nhìn quanh
Look through lờ đi, xem lướ t qua
Look up nhìn lên, tra cứ u
23 Lay aside gá c sang mộ t bên, khô ng nghĩ tớ i
Lay down để xuố ng, xá c lậ p, đề ra
Lay for nằ m đợ i
Lay in dự trữ , để dà nh
Lay sb off cho ai nghỉ việc
Lay on đá nh, giá ng đò n
Lay out sắ p đặ t, bố trí, đưa ra
Lay over trả i lên, phủ lên
24 Let by để cho đi qua
Let down là m cho ai đó thấ t vọ ng
Let in cho và o
Let off tha thứ
Let on để lộ , tiết lộ
Let out để cho đi ra, để cho chạ y thoá t
Let up dịu, ngớ t
25 Make after theo đuổ i
Make against bấ t lợ i, có hạ i cho
Make at tiến tớ i, tấ n cô ng ai
Make away vộ i và ng ra đi
Make away with huỷ hoạ i, thủ tiêu, giết
Make off chuồ n, cuố n gó i
Make off with ă n cắ p
Make out hiểu
Make over chuyển, nhượ ng

Page 127
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Make up trang điểm, bịa đặ t, quyết định, là m hoà
Make for tiến về hướ ng
Make up of bao gồ m
Make use of lợ i dụ ng
Make up for bù lạ i
26 Pass away qua đờ i
Pass sb/st by lờ đi, là m ngơ
Pass for đượ c coi là , có tiếng là
Pass off mấ t đi, biến mấ t (cả m giá c)
Pass on truyền lạ i
Pass out mê man, bấ t tỉnh
Pass over bă ng qua
Pass round chuyền tay, chuyền theo vò n
Pass through trả i qua, kinh qua
Pass up từ bỏ , khướ c từ
27 Pick at chế nhạ o, chế giễu, rầ y la
Pick off nhổ đi
Pick up nhặ t, đó n
28 Put aside để dà nh, gạ t sang mộ t bên
Put back để lạ i (chỗ cũ )
Put by lả ng trá nh
Put down đặ t xuố ng
Put in đệ đơn
Put in for đò i, yêu sá ch
Put off hoã n
Put on mặ c (quầ n á o), độ i (mũ ), đi (già y)...
Put out dậ p tắ t
Put through hoà n thà nh, xong xuô i
Put up dự ng lên
Put sb up cho ai đó ở nhờ
Put up with chịu đự ng
29 Take after = look like giố ng
Take along mang theo, đem theo
Take away mang đi, lấ y đi
Take back lấ y lạ i, mang về
Take down thá o xuố ng, hạ xuố ng
Take in hiểu, lừ a gạ t
Take off cở i, cất cá nh
Take on đả m nhiệm, thuê mướ n
Take out nhổ (câ y, ră ng), đổ (rá c)
Take over tiếp quả n, kế tụ c
Take to thích
Take up tiếp tụ c mộ t cô ng việc bỏ dở
30 Turn away ngoả nh mặ t đi
Turn back quay lạ i
Turn down vặ n nhỏ , từ chố i
Turn into biến thà nh

Page 128
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
Turn off tắ t đi
Turn on bậ t lên
Turn out hoá ra
Turn over lậ t, dở
Turn up = show up = đến, xuấ t hiện
arrive
31 Try on thử đồ
Try out = test kiểm tra xem có hoạ t độ ng đượ c hay khô ng
32 Tell against nó i điều chố ng lạ i
Tell off rầ y, la mắ ng
Tell on má ch
Tell over đếm
Tell sb/st apart: phâ n biệt ai/cá i gì
33 See about đả m đương
See after să n só c, để ý tớ i
See off tiễn
34 Set against so sá nh, đố i chiếu
Set apart dà nh riêng ra
Set back vặ n chậ m lạ i
Set down ghi lạ i, chép lạ i
Set off/out khở i hà nh
Set up thà nh lậ p
35 Stay away khô ng đến, vắ ng mặ t
Stay in khô ng ra ngoà i
Stay out ở ngoà i, khô ng về nhà
Stay on ở lâu hơn dự định
Stay up thứ c
36 Stand by đứ ng cạ nh
Stand for viết tắ t, tượ ng trưng cho
Stand in đạ i diện cho
Stand in with và o hù a, cấu kết vớ i
Stand off trá nh xa, lả ng xa
Stand on giữ đú ng, khă ng khă ng đò i
Stand out nổ i bậ t
Stand over bị hoã n lạ i
Stand up đứ ng dậ y
Stand up for về phe, ủ ng hộ
Stand up to dũ ng cảm đương đầ u
Stand in for thay thế chỗ củ a ai
37 Ren after theo đuổ i ai
Run against đi ngượ c lạ i, chố ng đố i, phả n đố i
Run along rờ i đi, trá nh ra xa
Run down hao mò n, tiền tuỵ
Run out cạ n kiệt
Run out of hết sạ ch cá i gì
Run on chạ y bằ ng cá i gì
Run over cá n lên, đè lên
Run through tiêu xà i phung phí
Page 129
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
38 Watch after dõ i theo, nhìn theo
Watch for chờ , đợ i
Watch out đề phò ng, coi chừ ng
Watch over trô ng nom, canh gác
39 Wear away là m mò n dầ n, là m mấ t dầ n
Wear down là m kiệt sứ c dầ n
Wear off là m mò n mấ t
Wear out là m rá ch, là m sờ n, là m mệt lử
40 Wipe at quậ t, giá ng cho mộ t đò n
Wipe away tẩ y, lau sạ ch
Wipe out xoá sạ ch

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. It was the third time in six months that the bank had been held ________
A. over B. down c. up Đ. out
2. I always run ________ of money before the end of the month.
A. out B. back c. up D. down
3. I've just spent two weeks looking ________ an aunt of mine who's been ill.
A. at B. for c. out for D. after
4. I've always got ________ well with old people.
A. off B. on c. in D. through
5. It's very cold in here. Do you mind if I turn ________ the heating?
A. down B. away c. off D. on
6. They've ________ a new tower where that old building used to be.
A. put up B. put down c. pushed up D. pushed down
7. Stephen always wanted to be an actor when he ________ up.
A. came B. grew C. brought D. settled
8. The bus only stops here to ________ passengers.
A. put down B. get on C. get off D. pick up
9. If anything urgent comes ________, you can contact me at this number.
A. across B. by C. up D. round
10. Your daughter's just started work, hasn't she? How’s she getting ________?
A. by B. on C. out D. in

Page 130
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
11. We had to turn ________ their invitation to lunch as we had a previous appointment.
A. over B. out C. up D. down
12. He died ________ heart disease.
A. from B. because C. of D. in
13. The elevator is not running today. It is ________ order.
A. to B. out C. out of D. in
14. I explained ________ him what it meant.
A. to B. about C. over D. from
15. Who will ________ the children while you go out to work?
A. look for B. look up C. look after D. look at
16. If you want to join this club, you must ________ this application form.
A. make up B. write down C. do up D. fill in
17. The water company will have to ________ off water supplies while repairs to the pipes are carried
________
A. take/ in B. cut/ out C. set/ up D. break/ to
18. They were 30 minutes later because their car ________ down.
A. got B. put C. cut D. broke
19. That problem is ________ them. We can't make ________ our mind yet.
A. out off/ on B. up to/ up C. away from/ for D. on for/ off
20.Do you want to stop in this town, or shall we ________?
A. turn on B. turn off C. go on D. look after
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Please ________ the light, it's getting dark here.
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn over D. turn into
2. The nurse has to ________ the patients at the midnight.
A. look after B. look up C. look at D. look for
3. There is an inflation. The prices ________
A. are going on B. are going down C. are going over D. are going up
4. Remember to ________ your shoes when you are in a Japanese house.
A. take care B. take on C. take over D. take off
5. You can ________ the new words in the dictionary.
A. look for B. look after C. look up D. look at
6. It's cold outside ________ your coat.
A. Put on B. Put down C. Put off D. Put into
7. If you want to be healthy, you should ________ your bad habits in your lifestyles.
A. give up B. call off C. break down D. get over
8. Never put off until tomorrow what you can do today.
A. do B. let C. delay D. leave
9. My father still hasn't really recovered from the death of my mother.
A. looked after B. taken after C. gone off D. got over
10. The bomb exploded with a loud bang which could be heard all over the town.
A. went on B. went out C. went off D. went away
11. John, could you look after my handbag while I go out for a minute.
A. take part in B. take over C. take place D. take care of

Page 131
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
12. Why do they ________ talking about money all the time?
A. keep on B. give up C. take after D. stop by
13. My father gave up smoking two years ago.
A. liked B. continued C. stopped D. enjoyed
14. The government hopes to________ its plans for introducing cable TV.
A. turn out B. carry out C. carry on D. keep on
15. When the tenants failed to pay their bill, the authorities decided to ________ the gas supply to the
flat.
A. cut down B. cut out C. cut off D. cut up
16. You go on ahead and then I'll catch ________ you.
A. along with B. forward to C. up with D. on to
17. Both Ann and her sister look like her mother.
A. take after B. take place C. take away D. take on
18. I'll be back in a minute, Jane. I just want to try out my new tape recorder.
A. resemble B. test C. arrive D. buy
19. The national curriculum is made ________ of the following subjects: English, Maths, Chemistry and
so on....
A. from B. on C. up D. in
20. Shy people often find it difficult to ________ group discussions.
A. take place in B. take part in C. get on with D. get in touch with

MODULE 24: IDIOMS


A.MỘT SỐ THÀNH NGỮ THÔNG DỤNG
I. Thành ngữ có chứa màu sắc
STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 The black sheep nghịch tử , phá gia chi tử
2 Blue in the face mã i mã i, lâ u đến vô vọ ng
3 Red-letter day ngà y đá ng nhớ vì có chuyện tố t là nh, ngà y vui
4 White as a ghost/sheet trắ ng bệch, nhợ t nhạ t
5 With flying colors xuấ t sắ c
6 Once in a blue moon nă m thì mườ i hoạ , hiếm khi
7 Black and white rõ rà ng
8 Catch sb red-handed bắ t tạ i trậ n
9 Have a yellow streak có tính nhá t gan
10 Get/give the green light bậ t đèn xanh
11 Out of the blue hoà n toà n bấ t ngờ
12 Paint the town red ă n mừ ng
13 Red tape nạ n quan liêu
14 In the pink = in good health sứ c khoẻ tố t
15 Lend color to St chứ ng minh cá i gì

II. Thành ngữ có chứa các danh từ bộ phận


STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 Break a leg Good luck! (thườ ng dù ng để chú c may mắ n)
2 Scratch someone's back giú p đỡ ngườ i khá c vớ i hi vọ ng họ sẽ giú p lạ i
=Help someone out with the assumption mình
that they will return the favor in the future

Page 132
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
3 Hit the nail/ on the head nó i chính xá c, là m chính xá c
= Do or say something exactly right
4 Splitting headache = A severe headache đau đầ u như bú a bổ
5 Make someone's blood boil là m ai sô i má u, giậ n dữ
6 Pay through the nose trả giá quá đắ t
= To pay too much for something
7 By the skin of one's teeth sá t sao, rấ t sá t
8 Pull someone's leg chọ c ai
9 Fight tooth and claw/nail đá nh nhau dữ dộ i, cấ u xé nhau
10 Not bat an eye khô ng tỏ ra ngạ c nhiên hay số c
= To not show any shock or surprise
11 Cost an arm and a leg rấ t là đắ t đỏ
12 Go to one's head khiến ai kiêu ngạ o
13 Get/have cold feet mấ t hết can đả m, chù n bướ c
14 Led somebody by the nose nắ m đầ u, dắ t mũ i ai
= To control someone and make them do
exactly what you want them to do
15 Off one's head điên, loạ n trí
16 Put one's foot in it gâ y nhầ m lẫ n, bố i rố i, phạ m mộ t sai lầ m gâ y bố i
rố i
17 Stay/keep/be on one's toe cả nh giá c, thậ n trọ ng
18 Have in mind đang suy tính, câ n nhắ c
19 At heart thự c chấ t, cơ bả n (basically, fundamentally)
20 Face the music chịu trậ n
21 Like the back of one's hand rõ như lò ng bà n tay
22 The twinkling of an eye trong nhá y mắ t
23 On the tip of tongue dù ng khi muố n diễn tả ai đó khô ng thể nhớ ra
đượ c điều gì mặ c dù đã chắ c chắ n biết về nó
24 Put one's foot in one's mouth nó i mộ t điều ngu ngố c là m xú c phạ m đến ngườ i
khá c
25 Stick one's nose into one's business chú i mũ i và o việc củ a ngườ i khá c
26 Feel St in one's bones cả m nhậ n rõ rệt
27 A real pain in the neck số c, nghiêm trọ ng
28 Face to face trự c tiếp
29 See eye to eye with sb = totally agree đồ ng tình
30 Keep one's head above the water xoay xở
31 Have egg on one’s face xấ u hổ
32 Word of mouth đồ n đạ i, truyền miệng
33 Heart to heart châ n thà nh
34 Body and soul hết lò ng, hết dạ
35 Flesh and blood ngườ i có má u mủ ruộ t thịt
36 Skin and bones tiều tuỵ thả m thương, chỉ cò n da bọ c xương
37 Lend an ear to sb/st iắ ng nghe mộ t cá ch châ n thà nh
38 Trip over one's big feet tự vấ p ngã
39 In one's capable hands trong quyền giả i quyết
40 Up to your eyes rấ t bậ n
41 Have a head for st giỏ i về cá i gì
42 A sweet tooth ngườ i thích ă n đồ ă n ngọ t
43 Have st at one's fingertips nhậ n đượ c thô ng tin/ kiến thứ c cầ n thiết mộ t
= To have the information, knowledge, etc. cá ch
Page 133
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
That is needed in a particular situation dễ dà ng và nhanh chó ng
and be able to find it easily and use it
quickly

III.Thành ngữ có chứa các con động vật


STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 Take the mickey out of sb = make fun of sb chế nhạ o, châ m chọ c ai
2 Get butterflies in one's stomach cả m thấ y bồ n chồ n
3 Have a bee in one's bonnet about St á m ả nh về điều gì
4 When pigs fly = something will never điều vô tưở ng, khô ng thể xả y ra
happen
5 Teacher's pets họ c sinh cưng
6 Let the cat out of the bag tiết lộ bí mậ t
7 Huddle into a pen lạ i gầ n nhau, tú m tụ m lạ i
8 Kill two birds with one stone mộ t mũ i tên trú ng hai đích
9 A big fish in a small pond thằ ng chộ t là m vua xử mù
10 Rain cats and dogs mưa rấ t to
11 Like a fish out of water như cá ra khỏ i nướ c (bơ vơ, xa lạ , ngớ ngẩ n)
12 Like water off a duck’s back nướ c đổ đầ u vịt
13 Don't count yours the chicken before they đừ ng vộ i là m gì khi chưa chắ c chắ c
hatch
14 Catch the worms nắ m bắ t cơ hộ i
15 Be in the doghouse nếu bạ n đang "in the doghouse", tứ c là ai đó
đang
khó chịu vớ i bạ n vì điều bạ n đã là m
16 Don't look a gift horse in the mouth đừ ng đò i hỏ i về giá trị khi nhậ n đượ c mộ t
mó n quà
17 Cock- and –bull bịa đặ t, vẽ vờ i ra
18 Change horse in midstream thay ngự a giữ a dò ng (ý nó i thay đổ i giữ a
chừ ng)
IV.Thành ngữ về cuộc sống
STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 To be in deep water rơi và o tình huố ng khó khă n
2 To be in hot water gặ p rắ c rố i
3 Better safe than sorry cẩ n tắ c vô á y ná y
4 Money is the good servant but a bad master khô n lấ y củ a che thâ n, dạ i lấ y thâ n che củ a
5 The grass are always green on the other đứ ng nú i nà y trô ng nú i nọ
side of the fence
6 One bitten, twice shy chim phả i đạ n sợ cà nh cong
7 In Rome do as the Romans do nhậ p gia tuỳ tụ c
8 Honesty is the best policy thậ t thà là thượ ng sá ch
9 A woman gives and forgives, a man gets đà n bà cho và tha thứ , đà n ô ng nhậ n và quên
and forgets
10 No roses without a thorn hồ ng nà o mà chẳ ng có gai, việc nà o mà chẳ ng có
và i khó khă n!
11 Save for the rainy day là m khi là nh để dà nh khi đau
12 It's an ill bird that fouls its own nest vạ ch á o cho ngườ i xem lưng / Tố t đẹp phô ra
xấ u xa đậ y lạ i
13 Don't trouble trouble till trouble troubles sinh sự sự sinh
you

Page 134
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
14 Still water run deep tẩ m ngẩ m tầ m ngầ m mà đấ m chết voi
15 Men make house, women make home đà n ô ng xâ y nhà , đà n bà xâ y tổ ấ m
16 Penny wise pound foolish tham bá t bỏ mâ m
17 Make the mare go có tiền mua tiên cũ ng đượ c
18 Like father, like son con nhà tô ng khô ng giố ng lô ng thì cũ ng giố ng
cá nh
19 The die is cast bú t sa gà chết
20 Two can play that game ă n miếng trả miếng
21 Practice makes perfect có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim
22 Ignorance is bliss khô ng biết thì dự a cộ t mà nghe
23 No pain, no gain có là m thì mớ i có ă n
24 A bad beginning makes a bad ending đầ u xuô i đuô i lọ t
25 A clean fast is better than a dirty breakfast giấ y rá ch phả i giữ lấ y lề
26 Beauty is but skin-deep cá i nết đá nh chết cá i đẹp
27 Calamity is man's true touchstone lử a thử và ng, gian nan thử sứ c.
28 Diamond cut diamond vỏ quýt dà y có mó ng tay nhọ n
29 Diligence is the mother of success có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim
30 Don't put off until tomorrow what you can việc hô m nay chớ để ngà y mai
do today
31 A hot potato = something that is difficult or vấ n đề nan giả i
dangerous to deal with
32 A lost cause hết hi vọ ng, khô ng thay đổ i đượ c gì
33 It never rains but it pours = good or bad hoạ vô đơn chí
things do not just happen a few at a time,
but in large numbers all at once
V.Thành ngữ là các cụm danh từ khác
STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 A blind date cuộ c hẹn giữ a hai ngườ i chưa hề quen biết
2 Golden handshake mó n tiền hậ u hĩnh dà nh cho ngườ i sắ p nghỉ
việc
3 One's cup of tea thứ mà ai đó thích
4 Odds and ends linh tinh, vụ n vặ t
5 Leaps and bounds nhả y vọ t, vượ t trộ i
6 Between two stools = on the horns of a tiến thoá i lưỡ ng nan
dilemma = when someone finds it difficult
to choose between two alternatives
7 On the house khô ng phả i trả tiền
8 Off the peg hà ng may sẵ n
9 Off the record khô ng chính thứ c, khô ng đượ c cô ng bố
10 Part and parcel thiết yếu, quan trọ ng
11 A shadow of a doubt sự nghi ngờ
12 Beyond the shadow of a doubt khô ng hề nghi ngờ
13 The last straw = a nail in one's coffin giọ t nướ c trà n ly
14 The apple of one's eye bả o bố i củ a ai
15 Good egg ngườ i có nhâ n cá ch, đá ng tin cậ y
16 Close shave = narrow escape thoá t chết trong gang tấ c
17 Wet blanket ngườ i phá đá m
18 A kick in the pants mộ t bà i họ c để ứ ng xử tố t hơn
19 An open-and-shut case vấ n đề dễ giả i quyết
20 A shot in the dark mộ t câ u đố
Page 135
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
21 A big cheese nhâ n vậ t tai to mặ t lớ n, ngườ i có vai vế, quyền
lự c
22 Ups and downs lú c thă ng lú c trầ m
23 Ins and outs nhữ ng đặ c tính và sự phứ c tạ p
24 The tip of the iceberg phầ n nhìn thấ y
25 Compulsive liar kẻ nó i dố i chuyên nghiệp
VI.Thành ngữ là các cụm động từ khác
STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 To pour cold water on something dộ i nướ c lạ nh và o...
2 To blow something out of the water đá nh bạ i, vượ t
3 To sell/go like hot cakes đắ t đỏ , đắ t như tô m tươi
4 To get in hot water = be in trouble/ have gặ p khó khă n
difficulty
5 To hit the books = to study họ c
6 To hit the roof = to hit the ceiling = to giậ n dữ
suddenly become angry
7 To hit it off tâ m đầ u ý hợ p
8 To make good time di chuyển nhanh, đi nhanh
9 To chip in gó p tiền
10 To run an errand là m việc vặ t
11 To fly off the handle dễ nổ i giậ n, phá t cá u
12 To cut it fine đến sá t giờ
13 To jump the traffic lights vượ t đèn đỏ
14 To put on an act giả bộ , là m bộ
15 To come to light đượ c biết đến, đượ c phá t hiện, đượ c đưa ra á nh
sá ng.
16 To pull one's weight nỗ lự c, là m trò n trá ch nhiệm
17 To make ends meet xoay xở để kiếm số ng
18 To get the hold of the wrong end of the hiểu nhầ m ai đó
stick
19 To cut and dried cuố i cù ng, khô ng thể thay đổ i, rõ rà ng, dễ hiểu
20 To know by sight nhậ n ra
21 To take pains là m việc cẩ n thậ n và tậ n tâ m
22 To drop sb a line/note viết thư cho ai
23 To turn over a new leaf bắ t đầ u thay đổ i hà nh vi củ a mình
24 To weigh up the pros and cons câ n nhắ c điều hay lẽ thiệt
25 To burn the midnight oil = to stay up thứ c khuya là m việc, họ c bà i
working, especially studying late at night
26 To put sb/st at one's disposal cho ai tuỳ ý sử dụ ng
27 To bring down the house là m cho cả khá n phò ng vỗ tay nhiệt liệt
28 To beat about the bush vò ng vo tam quố c
29 To find fault with chỉ trích, kiếm chuyện, bắ t lỗ i
30 To take it amiss = to understand as wrong hiểu lầ m
or insulting, or misunderstand
31 To break the news thô ng bá o
32 To drop a brick lỡ lờ i, lỡ miệng
33 To take st for granted coi là hiển nhiên
34 To break the ice Thà nh ngữ nà y thườ ng dù ng để diễn tả là m mộ t
việc gì đó để giú p mọ i ngườ i thư giã n và thoả i
má i, đặ c biệt khi mớ i gặ p
Page 136
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
35 To blow one's own trumpet khoe khoang, khoá c lá c
36 To miss the boat lỡ mấ t cơ hộ i
37 To put one's card on the table thẳ ng thắ n
38 To call it a day = stop working nghỉ, giả i lao
39 To hear a pin drop im lặ ng, tĩnh lặ ng
40 To blow hot and cold hay thay đổ i ý kiến, dao độ ng
41 To call the shots chỉ huy, quyết định về nhữ ng việc cầ n là m
42 To draws the line đặ t giớ i hạ n cho việc gì; phâ n biệt giữ a hai thứ
tương tự nhau
43 To foot the bill thanh toá n tiền
44 To carry the can chịu trá ch nhiệm, chịu sự chỉ trích
45 To throw the baby out with the bathwater vứ t bỏ nhữ ng thứ đá ng giá cù ng lú c vớ i rũ bỏ
vớ i thứ gì khô ng cò n cầ n
46 To go with the flow là m theo mọ i ngườ i
47 To keep his shirt on bình tĩnh
48 To let off steam xả hơi

VII.Thành ngữ là cụm tính từ/ trạng


STT Thành ngữ Nghĩa
1 At the drop of a hat = immediately, ngay lậ p tứ c
instantly
2 Off and on/ on and off khô ng đều đặ n, thỉnh thoả ng
3 High and low = here and there = đó đâ y, khắ p mọ i nơi
everywhere
= far and wide
4 Spick and span ngă n nắ p, gọ n gà ng
5 On the spot = immediately ngay lậ p tứ c
6 At the eleventh hour và o phú t chó t
7 On the top of the world = walking on the air vui sướ ng, hạ nh phú c
= over the moon= like a dog with two tails
= happy
8 In vain vô ích
9 A piece of cake dễ như ă n chá o
10 Down the drain cô ng cố c, đổ ra sô ng ra biển
11 Under the weather = off color khô ng đượ c khoẻ
12 The end of the world đá ng để bậ n tâ m
13 As fit as a fiddle khoẻ như vâ m
14 On probation trong thờ i gian quả n chế, tậ p sự (cô ng việc)
15 Home and dry = with flying colors thà nh cô ng
16 Apples and oranges = chalk and cheese rấ t khá c nhau, khá c mộ t trờ i mộ t vự c
17 As long as your arm rấ t dà i
18 As high as a kite quá phấ n khích, thườ ng là do bị ả nh hưở ng bở i
đồ uố ng có cồ n hoặ c ma tuý
19 In the same boat ở trong cù ng mộ t hoà n cả nh
20 Hot under the collar điên tiết, cá u tiết

Page 137
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
21 As red as a beetroot đỏ như củ cả i đườ ng/ngượ ng
22 For good = permanently = forever mã i mã i
23 Now and then = once in a while = thỉnh thoả ng
sometimes
= every so often = occasionally
24 Full of beans hă ng há i, sô i nổ i, đầ y nă ng lượ ng
25 At a loose end = free rả nh rỗ i
26 A tall story = unbelievable khó tin
27 As cool as cucumber bình tĩnh, khô ng nao nú ng
28 Peace and quiet bình yên và tĩnh lặ ng
29 Behind closed doors kín, khô ng cô ng khai
30 High and dry = in a difficult situation, trong tình huố ng khó khă n
without help or money
31 Prim and proper = always behaving in a kĩ lưỡ ng (quá mứ c), có chú t bả o thủ
14 Still water run deep tẩ m ngẩ m tầ m ngầ m mà đấ m chết voi
15 Men make house, women make home đà n ô ng xâ y nhà , đà n bà xâ y tổ ấ m
16 Penny wise pound foolish tham bá t bỏ mâ m
17 Make the mare go có tiền mua tiên cũ ng đượ c
18 Like father, like son con nhà tô ng khô ng giố ng lô ng thì cũ ng giố ng
cá nh
19 The die is cast bú t sa gà chết
20 Two can play that game ă n miếng trả miếng
21 Practice makes perfect có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim
22 Ignorance is bliss khô ng biết thì dự a cộ t mà nghe
23 No pain, no gain có là m thì mớ i có ă n
24 A bad beginning makes a bad ending đầ u xuô i đuô i lọ t
25 A clean fast is better than a dirty breakfast giấ y rá ch phả i giữ lấ y lề
26 Beauty is but skin-deep cá i nết đá nh chết cá i đẹp
27 Calamity is man's true touchstone lử a thử và ng, gian nan thử sứ c.
28 Diamond cut diamond vỏ quýt dà y có mó ng tay nhọ n
29 Diligence is the mother of success có cô ng mà i sắ t có ngà y nên kim
30 Don't put off until tomorrow what you can việc hô m nay chớ để ngà y mai
do today
31 A hot potato = something that is difficult or vấ n đề nan giả i
dangerous to deal with
32 A lost cause hết hi vọ ng, khô ng thay đổ i đượ c gì
33 It never rains but it pours = good or bad hoạ vô đơn chí
things do not just happen a few at a time,
but in large numbers all at once

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Jose had a hard time comparing the iPhone to the Samsung phone because to him they were apples
and oranges.
A. containing too many technical details B. very similar
C. completely different D. very complicated
Page 138
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
2. Peter is the black sheep of the family, so he is never welcomed there.
A. a beloved member B. a bad and embarrassing member
C. the only child D. the eldest child
3. There's a list of repairs as long as ________
A. your arm B. a pole C. your arms D. a mile
4. I tried to talk to her, but she was as high as a ________
A. kite B. house C. sky D. wall
5. We're over the ________! Who wouldn't be? We've just won £1 million!
A. planet B. clouds C. stars D. moon
6. I've never really enjoyed going to the ballet or the opera; they're not really my ________
A. piece of cake B. sweets and candy C. biscuit D. cup of tea
7. You never really know where you are with her as she just blows hot and cold.
A. keeps going B. keeps taking things
C. keeps changing her mood D. keeps testing
8. "Edwards seems like a dog with two tails this morning." - "Haven't vou hear the news? His wife gave
birth a baby boy early this morning."
A. extremely happy B. extremely disappointed
C. exhausted D. very proud
9. Thomas knows Paris like the back of his ________. He used to be a taxi driver there for 2 years.
A. head B. mind C. hand D. life
10. Josh may get into hot water when driving at full speed after drinking.
A. get into trouble B. stay safe C. fall into disuse D. remain calm
11. You have to be on your toes if you want to beat her.
A. pay all your attention to what you are doing
B. upset her in what she is doing
C. get involved in what she is doing
D. make her comply with your orders 
12. By appearing on the soap powder commercials, she became a ________ name.
A. housekeeper B. housewife C. household D. house
13. When his parents are away, his oldest brother ________
A. knocks it off B. calls the shots C. draws the line D. is in the same boat
14. Hearing about people who mistreat animals makes me go hot under the________
A. chin B. collar C. sleeves D. vest
15. I know you are upset about breaking up with Tom, but there are plenty more ________
A. horses in the stable B. cows in the shed C. tigers in the jungle D. fish in the sea
16. I'll have to go to the funeral of Ms. Jane, a ________ of mine.
A. heart to heart B. body and soul C. flesh and blood D. skin and bones
17. When the kids asked him about his girlfriend, he'd go as red as a ________
A. tomato B. chili C. strawberry D. beetroot
18. What I've got to say to you now is strictly ________ the record and most certainly not for publication,
said the government official to the reporter.
A. off B. on C. in D. at
19. I can't give you the answer on the________; I'll have to think about it for a few days.
A. place B. minute C. scene D. spot
20. Someone is going to have to take responsibility for this disaster. Who is going to________?

Page 139
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
A. foot the bill B. carry the can C. hatch the chicken D. catch the worms
21. I am sure your sister will lend you a sympathetic ________ when you explain the situation to her.
A. eye B. ear C. arm D. finger
22. Unfortunately, the injury may keep him out of football ________. He may never play again.
A. for good B. now and then C. once in a while D. every so often
23. The children were full of beans today, looking forward to their field trip.
A. eating a lot B. hyperactive C. melancholy D. lively and in high spirits
24. John: "Oh, I forgot my girlfriend's birthday last week." - Anne: “________”
A. Not on your life B. So I guess you are in the doghouse again.
C. Sure, knock on wood. D. You really should get a life.
25. Sometimes in a bad situation, there may still be some good things. Try not to "throw out the
________ with the bathwater".
A. fish B. duck C. baby D. child

MODULE 25:COLLOCATIONS
Cụ m từ cố định (collocation) là nhữ ng cụ m gồ m hai hay nhiều từ thườ ng hay đi cù ng vớ i nhau và theo
mộ t trậ t tự nhấ t định. Chú ng khô ng có quỵ tắ c hay mộ t cô ng thứ c cụ thể.
Collocation có thể dướ i cá c dạ ng sau:
I. Một số cụm từ cố định (collocations) thường gặp:
0 Cụm từ cố định Nghĩa
1 Let one's hair down thư giã n, xả hơi
2 Drop-dead gorgeous thể chấ t, cơ thể tuyệt đẹp
3 The length and breadth of sth ngang dọ c khắ p cá i gì
4 Make headlines trở thà nh tin tứ c quan trọ ng, đượ c lan
truyền rộ ng rã i
5 Take measures to V thự c hiện cá c biện phá p để là m gì
6 It is the height of stupidity = It is no use thậ t vô nghĩa khi...
7 Pave the way for chuẩ n bị cho, mở đườ ng cho
8 Speak highly of something đề cao điều gì
9 Tight with money thắ t chặ t tiền bạ c
10 In a good mood trong mộ t tâ m trạ ng tố t, vui vẻ
11 On the whole = In general nhìn chung, nó i chung
12 Peace of mind yên tâ m
13 Give sb a lift/ride cho ai đó đi nhờ
14 Make no difference khô ng tạ o ra sự khá c biệt
15 On purpose cố ý
16 By accident = by chance = by mistake = by tình cờ
coincide
17 In terms of về mặ t
18 By means of bằ ng cá ch

Page 140
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
19 With a view to V-ing để là m gì
20 In view of theo quan điểm củ a
21 Breathe/ say a word nó i/ tiết lộ cho ai đó biết về điều gì đó
22 Get straight to the point đi thẳ ng đến vấ n đề
23 Be there for sb ở đó bên cạ nh ai
24 Take it for granted cho nó là đú ng, cho là hiển nhiên
25 Do the household chores Do là m việc nhà
homework là m bà i tậ p về nhà
Do assignment là m cô ng việc đượ c giao
26 On one's own = by one's self tự thâ n mộ t mình
27 Make up one’s mind on smt = make a quyết định về cá i gì
decision on smt
28 Give a thought about suy nghĩ về
29 Pay attention to chú ý tớ i
30 Prepare a plan for chuẩ n bị cho
31 Sit for thi lạ i
32 A good run for your money có mộ t quã ng thờ i gian dà i hạ nh phú c và
vui vẻ (vì tiền bạ c tiêu ra mang lạ i giá trị
tố t đẹp)
33 Keep/catch up with sb/st bắ t kịp, theo kịp vớ i ai/cá i gì
34 Have (stand) a chance to do St có cơ hộ i là m gì
35 Hold good cò n hiệu lự c
36 Cause the damage gâ y thiệt hạ i
37 For a while/moment mộ t chú t, mộ t lá t
38 See eye to eye đồ ng ý, đồ ng tình
39 Pay sb a visit = visit sb thă m ai đó
40 Put a stop to St = put an end to St chấ m dứ t cá i gì
41 To be out of habit mấ t thó i quen, khô ng cò n là thó i quen
42 Pick one's brain hỏ i, xin ý kiến ai về điều gì
43 Probe into dò xét, thă m dò
44 To the verge of đến bên bờ vự c củ a
45 Lay claim to St tuyên bố là có quyền sở hữ u thứ gì
(thườ ng là tiền, tà i sả n)
46 Pour scorn on somebody dè bỉu/chê bai ai đó
47 A second helping phầ n ă n thứ hai
48 Break new ground khá m phá ra, là m ra điều chưa từ ng đượ c
là m trướ c đó
49 Make a fool (out) of sb/yourself khiến ai đó trô ng như kẻ ngố c
50 Be rushed off your feet bậ n rộ n
51 Be/come under fire bị chỉ trích mạ nh mẽ vì đã là m gì
52 Be at a loss bố i rố i, lú ng tú ng
53 Take to flight chạ y đi
54 Do an impression of sb bắ t chướ c ai, nhạ i điệu bộ củ a ai
55 Have a (good] head for St có khả nă ng là m điều gì đó thậ t tố t
56 Reduce sb to tears = make sb cry là m ai khó c
57 Take a fancy to bắ t đầ u thích cá i gì
58 Keep an eye on để ý, quan tâ m, chă m só c đến cá i gì
59 Get a kick out of thích cá i gì, cả m thấ y cá i gì thú vị (= to
like, be interested in...)
60 Kick up a fuss about giậ n dữ , phà n nà n về cá i gì

Page 141
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
61 Come what may dù khó khă n đến mấ y/dù có rắ c rố i gì đi
nữ a
62 By the by = By the way tiện thể, nhâ n tiện
63 What is more thêm nữ a là (thêm mộ t điều gì đó có tính
quan trọ ng hơn)
64 Be that as it may cho dù như thế
65 Put all the blame on sb đổ tấ t cả trá ch nhiệm cho ai
66 Take out insurance on St = buy an insurance mua bả o hiểm cho cá i gì
policy for St
67 Make a go of St thà nh cô ng trong việc gì
68 Make effort to do St = try/attempt to do St = cố gắ ng là m gì
in an attempt to do St
69 Put effort into St bỏ bao nhiêu nỗ lự c và o cá i gì
70 Out of reach ngoà i tầ m vớ i
Out of the condition Out of touch khô ng vừ a (về cơ thể)
Out of the question Out of stock mấ t liên lạ c vớ i, khô ng có tin tứ c về
Out of practice Out of work Out of date Out of khô ng thể đượ c, điều khô ng thể hết hà ng
order Out of fashion Out of season khô ng thể thự c thi
Out of control thấ t nghiệp
lạ c hậ u, lỗ i thờ i hỏ ng hó c
lỗ i mố t
trá i mù a
ngoà i tầ m kiểm soá t
71 Rise to the occasion tỏ ra có khả nă ng đố i phó vớ i tình thế khó
khă n bấ t ngờ
72 Put somebody off something là m ai hết hứ ng thú vớ i điều gì
73 Cross one's mind chợ t nả y ra trong trí ó c
74 Have full advantage có đủ lợ i thế
75 Establish somebody/something/your-self (in giữ vữ ng vị trí
something) (as something)
76 You can say that again hoà n toà n đồ ng ý
77 Word has it that có tin tứ c rằ ng
78 At the expense of St trả giá bằ ng cá i gì
79 Tobe gripped with a fever bị cơn số t đeo bá m
80 Make full use of tậ n dụ ng tố i đa
81 Make a fortune Make a guess Make an trở nên già u có dự đoá n gâ y ấ n tượ ng
impression
82 The brink of collapse bờ vự c phá sả n
83 Come down with something bị (mộ t bệnh gì đó )
84 Make up for something đền bù , bù và o
85 Get through to somebody là m cho ai hiểu đượ c mình
86 Face up to something đủ can đả m để chấ p nhậ n
87 An authority on St có chuyên mô n về lĩnh vự c gì
88 Meet the demand for... đá p ứ ng nhu cầ u cho ...
89 Pat yourself on the back = praise yourself khen ngợ i chính mình
90 Take/have priority over something ưu tiên, đặ t hà ng đầ u
91 Shows a desire to do St = desire to do st khao khá t, mong muố n là m gì
92 By virtue of + N/V-ing bở i vì
93 With regard to + N/V-ing về mặ t, về vấ n đề, có liên quan tớ i
94 In recognition of + N/V-ing đượ c cô ng nhậ n về

Page 142
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
95 Put up with chịu đự ng
96 Get on with = get along with= keep/ be on good thâ n thiện (vớ i ai), ă n ý (vớ i ai), hoà
terms with = have a good relationship with thuậ n vớ i ai, có quan hệ tố t vớ i ai
97 Deal with giả i quyết cá i gì
98 Do the washing up rử a bá t đĩa
Do the shopping mua sắ m
Do the cleaning dọ n dẹp
Do the gaderning là m vườ n
99 Attract attention thu hú t sự chú ý
100 Focus (attention) on something = devote tậ p trung sự chú ý và o
attention to something
101 Draw attention to hướ ng sự thu hú t tớ i
102 Make ends meet đá p ứ ng nhu cầ u/ đủ số ng
103 Commit something to memory = to learn họ c kĩ để nhớ chính xá c
something well enough to remember it exactly
104 Have an influence on có ả nh hưở ng đến...
105 Under the influence of chịu ả nh hưở ng củ a, do ả nh hưở ng củ a
106 Come to nothing khô ng đi đến đâ u, khô ng đượ c gì, ...
107 A wide range of something mộ t loạ t cá c...
108 Tip the scale in one’s favor Thiên về, nghiên về có lợ i cho ai đó
109 Stand in with Và o hù a vớ i, cấ u kết vớ i
110 Take sb for a ride Lừ a dố i ai
111 Bumper crop Vụ mù a bộ i thu

PRACTISES

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. After congratulating his team, the coach left, allowing the players to let their ________ down for a
while.
A. hearts B. hair C. souls D. heads
2. Alice said: "That guy is ________ gorgeous. I wish he would ask me out."
A. dead-centre B. drop shot C. jumped-up D. drop-dead
3. The party leader travelled the length and ________ of the country in an attempt to spread his message.
A. width B. distance C. diameter D. breadth
4. Vietnam U23 made not only Asia but also Europe keep a close eye on them. They ________
internationally.
A. have made headlines B. had made headlines C. have done headlines D. did headlines
5. If we didn't ________ any measures to protect whales, they would disappear forever.
A. use B. make C. take D. do
6. People who take on a second job inevitably ________ themselves to greater stress.
A. offer B. subject C. field D„ place
7. It is the ________ of stupidity to go walking in the mountains in this weather.
A. height B. depth C. source D. matter
8. The works of such men as the English philosophers John Locke and Thomas Hobbes helped pave the
way for academic freedom in the modern sense.
A. terminate B. prevented C. enhanced D. incorporated
Page 143
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
9. Both universities speak ________ of the programme of student exchange and hope to cooperate more
in the future.
A. highly B. largely C. strongly D. widely
10. My neighbors are really tight with money. They hate throwing away food, don't eat at restaurant,
and always try to find the best price.
A. to spend money too easily B. to not like spending money
C. to not know the value of money D. to save as much money as possible
11. We were all in a ________ mood because the weather was good and we were going on holiday the
next day.
A. bad B. well C. excellent D. good
12. On the whole, the rescue mission was well executed.
A. In fact B. In particular C. At once D. In general
13. With this type of insurance, you're buying ________ of mind.
A. peace B. satisfaction C. calmness D. contentment
14. Could you ________ me a lift into town?
A. give B. get C. do D. make
15. The players' protests ________ no difference to the referee's decision at all.
A. did B. made C. caused D. created
16. In a formal interview, it is essential to maintain good eye ________ with the interviewers.
A. link B. connection C. touch D. contact
17. It was no accident that he broke my glasses. He did it ________ purpose.
A. with B. on C. by D. about
18. I read the contract again and again ________ avoiding making spelling mistakes.
A. in terms of B. by means of C. with a view to D. in view of
19. Please don't ________ a word of this to anyone else, it's highly confidential.
A. speak B. pass C. mutter D. breathe
20. My advice is that you get straight to the point in the next report.
A. If I were you, I would go straight to the bush in the next report.
B. If I were you, I would have the next report got started.
C. If I were you, I would not beat around the bush in the next report.
D. If I were you, I would not point out the next report.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. I am glad I was able to be there for my friend when her mom died.
A. to offer support in time of need for B. to cry with
C. to travel with D. to visit
2. She simply took it for granted that the check was good and did not ask him any questions about it.
A. permitted it B. accepted it without investigation
C. objected to it D. looked it over
3.When you consider all the advantages you've gained I think you'll admit you had a good ________ for
your money.
A. run B. way C. earn D. drive
4. In a modern family the husband is expected to join hands with his wife to ________ the household
chores.
A. do B. make C. run D. take

Page 144
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
5. While everyone else in this class prefers working in groups, Alice likes working ________
A. on her own B. of her own C. on herself D. in herself
6. Reaching 35 and obviously aging, Jane has to make up her mind on her future very soon.
A. give a thought about B. pay attention to C. prepare a plan for D. make a decision on
7. Foreign students who are ________ a decision about which school to attend may not know exactly
where the choices are located.
A. doing B. making C. taking D. having
8. Since he failed his exam, he had to ________ for it again.
A. pass B. make C. take D. sit
9. It is very important for a film or a company to keep ________ the changes in the market.
A. pace of B. track about C. touch with D. up with
10. My brother left his job last week because he did not have any ________ to travel.
A. position B. chance C. ability D. location
11. I haven't read any medical books or articles on the subject for a long time, so I'm ________ with
recent developments.
A. out of reach B. out of the condition C. out of touch D. out of the question
12. Laws on military service since 1960 still hold good.
A. remain for good B. are still in good condition
C. stand in life D. remain in effect
13. I get quite depressed when I think about the damage we are ________ to the environment.
A. having B. taking C. making D. causing
14. I stayed there with her for a while before I left.
A. in the difficult time B. whenever she needed me
C. for relaxation D. for a short period of time
15. I am glad that we see eye to eye on the matter of the conference location.
A. dislike B. agree c. disagree D. approve
16. Make sure you ________ us a visit when you are in town again.
A. pay B. have c. give D. do
17. I used to run a mile before breakfast but now I am ________
A. not used to it B. no longer practice it C. out of practice D. out of the habit
18. The government is determined to ________ terrorism.
A. put the stop to B„ put stop to C. put stops to D. put a stop to
19. Can I ________ our brain for a moment? I can't do this crossword by myself.
A. use B. have C. mind D. pick
20. We are going to build a fence around the field with ________ to breeding sheep and cattle.
A. a goal B. an outlook C. a reason D. a view

Page 145
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

OTHERS STRUCTURES
Cấu trúc Nghĩa
STT
1 Khi hai mệnh đề đồng chủ ngữ, ta có thể bỏ + Diễn tả hà nh độ ng xả y ra nố i tiếp nhau
chủ ngữ của vế đầu và thay bằng: + Diễn tả mộ t hà nh độ ng đã hoà n thà nh trướ c
- V-ing +..., S + V + O mộ t hà nh độ ng khá c xả y ra trong quá khứ
- Having + Vp2, S + V + O + Khi câ u mang nghĩa bị độ ng
- Vp2 +..., S+ V + 0
2 - Have sb + V (bare) + Nhờ ai là m gì
= get sb to + V [bare]
- Have/get St + Vp2 + Có cá i gì đượ c là m bở i ai
3 Pay sb compliment (n) on sth Khen ngợ i ai về việc gì
= Compliment (v)sb on sth
4 - Out of breath + Thở khô ng ra hơi
- Out of date + Lạ c hậ u, lỗ i thờ i
- Out of order + Hỏ ng hó c
- Out of work + Thấ t nghiệp
- Out of stock + Hết, khô ng có sẵ n
- Out of question + Khô ng thể
- Out of season + Trá i mù a
5 Sau số thứ tự (the first/ the second/the Đầ u tiên/thứ hai/thứ ba/ cuố i cù ng...
third... the last) + to V(bare) là m cá i gì đó
6 It was not until + time/time clause + that + S + Phả i mã i cho tớ i tậ n khi … thì
V (quá khứ đơn)
(Mệnh để sau that luôn ở thể khẳng định)
7 - In the end = finally = eventually = at last + Cuố i cù ng
- At the end of + N/V-ing + Cuố i củ a cá i gì
8 Have (no) difficulty (in) + V-ing Có (khô ng có ) khó khă n (trong việc) là m gì
9 Decrease/increase by + ...% Giả m/tă ng ...% (so vớ i trướ c)
10 Find it + adj + to V (bare) Thấ y như nà o để là m gì
11 - Used to + V (bare) + Thườ ng là m gì (trong quá khứ )
- Tobe/get used to + V-ing + Thườ ng là m gì (ở hiện tạ i)
- Tobe used to + V (bare) + Đượ c dung để là m gì
= Tobe used for + V-ing
12 Congratulate + sb + on + V-ing Chú c mừ ng ai vì đã là m gì
13 To be acquainted with sb/st Là m quen vớ i, biết vớ i ai/cá i gì
14 To be responsible to sb for st/doing st Chịu trá ch nhiệm trướ c ai vì cá i gì/ vì đã là m gì

Page 146
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
15 Accuse sb of doing st Buộ c tộ i ai là m gì
16 - Make sb/st + adj + Là m cho ai đó /cá i gì đó như thế nà o
- Make sb + V (bare) + Bắ t ai đó là m gì
17 - Love/like/enjoy + V-ing + Thích là m gì
- Hate/dislike/resent + V-ing + Ghét là m gì
18 - Let sb + V (bare) + Cho phép ai đó là m gì
= Allow/permit sb + to V (bare)
- Allow/permit + V-ing + Cho phép là m gì
19 So that = in order that + clause Để mà
= so as to/ in order to/ to + V (bare)
20 - Advise sb to + V (bare) + Khuyên ai đó là m gì
- Advise + V-ing + Khuyên là m gì
21 - Suggest + that + S + (should) + V (bare) + Gợ i ý ai đó nên là m gì
- Suggest + V-ing + Gợ i ý là m gì
22 Các cấu trúc câu ước:
- S + wish + S would+ V + Ướ c mộ t điều trong tương lai
- S + wish + S + V (quá khứ đơn) + Ướ c mộ t điều ở hiện tạ i
- S + wish + S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành) + Ướ c mộ t điều trong quá khứ
23 Prevent sb from doing st Ngă n cả n ai đó là m gì
24 - Remind sb to + V (bare) + Nhắ c nhở ai là m gì
- Remind sb of sb/st + Gợ i cho ai nhớ tớ i ai/cá i gì
25 Encourage sb + to + V (bare) Khuyến khích ai là m gì
26 Tell/ask + sb + to + V (bare) Bả o ai đó là m gì
27 - Sb+ need + to V + Ai đó cầ n phả i là m gì
- St + need + V-ing = St + need + to be + Vp2 + Cá i gì cầ n thiết đượ c là m
28 No good/use + V-ing Khô ng có ích khi là m gì
= No point in + V-ing
29 To be worth + V-ing Đá ng là m gì
30 Appreciate + V-ing Đá nh giá cao khi là m việc gì
31 (That/what + S + V) + V (số ít) Mệnh đề danh từ
32 Reproach sb for doing St (v) Trá ch mắ ng ai vì là m gì
33 Be on the verge of + V-ing Đang định là m gì
= Be about to V
34 Why not + V = Let's + V Hã y là m..., tạ i sao khô ng...
35 Postpone + V-ing Hoã n là m gì
36 - Remember + to V + Nhớ để là m gì (trong tương lai)
- Remember + V-ing + Nhớ đã là m gì (trong quá khứ )
37 Object to + V-ing/ N Phả n đố i điều gì
38 Can't stand/help/bear + V-ing Khô ng thể chịu/nhịn đượ c
39 To be interested in = to be fond of Thích/quan tâ m
= to be keen on
40 Deny + V-ing Phủ nhậ n là m gì
41 Admit + V-ing Thừ a nhậ n là m gì
42 Promise + to V Hứ a là m gì
43 Refuse + to V Từ chố i là m gì
44 - V (tri giác) + O + V + Khi chứ ng kiến từ đầ u tớ i cuố i
- V (tri giác) + O + V-ing + Khi chứ ng kiến mộ t phầ n củ a sự việc
45 Committed to something Tậ n tâ m vớ i cá i gì
46 Lend/give somebody a hand = help sb Giú p mộ t tay

Page 147
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
47 - Confess that + mệnh đề Để nó i "thú nhậ n việc gì"
Confess (to) something
Confess to doing something
48 Mind + V-ing Ngạ i, phiền là m gì
49 Practise + V-ing Thự c hà nh, luyện tậ p là m việc gì
50 S + indicate + that + S + V Chỉ ra rằ ng
51 Agree + to V Đồ ng ý là m gì
52 No matter what + S + V ~ Whatever + S + V..., a Dù có ... đi chă ng nữ a … thì...
clause = No matter how + adj/adv + S + V
~ However + adj / adv + S + V, a clause
53 As well as + V-ing Khô ng chỉ/ khô ng nhữ ng
54 Instead of + V-ing Thay vì là m gì đó
55 Attempt + to V = try + to V Nỗ lự c, cố gắ ng là m gì
= make an effort + to V
56 Lose one's (own) life in + sth/ V-ing Mấ t mạ ng/ chết khi là m gì đó
57 So + trợ động từ/ to be + S Dù ng sau mộ t phá t biểu khẳ ng định để diễn
đạ t sự đồ ng tình
58 Neither + trợ đồng từ/to be + S = S + trợ đồng Dù ng sau mộ t phá t biểu phủ định để diễn tả sự
tự/ to be (phủ định) + either đồ ng tình
59 Provide sb with sth ~ provide sth for sb Cung cấ p cho ai cá i gì/ cung cấ p cá i gì Cho ai
60 Many a + N (số ít) + V (số ít) = many + N (số Nhiều
nhiều) + V (số nhiều)
61 To be irrelevant to sb/st Khô ng thích hợ p, khô ng tương thích, khô ng
thích đá ng
62 Irrespective of = regardless of Bấ t kể, bấ t chấ p
63 Limit yourself/sb (to doing sth/to sth) = to Giớ i hạ n, giả m cá i gì
restrict or reduce the amount of sth that you
or sb can have or use
64 Seem to V (inf) Dườ ng như
=> bị động: seem to be + Vp2
65 Cấu trúc nhấn mạnh as + adj + a/an + N + as Đưa tính từ lên trướ c mộ t danh từ số ít để
nhấ n mạ nh danh từ
66 Without + V-ing Mà khô ng là m gì
67 With a view to doing something Vớ i ý định/hi vọ ng là m gì
68 - Keep in touch with sb = have contact with sb + Giữ liên lạ c vớ i ai
- Lose contact with sb + Mấ t liên lạ c vớ i ai
69 - Similar to somebody / something Tương tự như
- Just like + N/Pronoun + Giố ng y như
- Such as + Theo sau bở i danh từ , mang tính liệt kê
- As well as + Mang nghĩa như not only... but also
70 Belong to sb/sth Thuộ c về ai/cá i gì
71 S + V + the same (Noun) as + N / Pronoun Giố ng như
72 - Insist on something/somebody doing + Khă ng khă ng, yêu cầ u hoặ c đò i hỏ i ai là m gì
something
- Insist on + V-ing + Khă ng khă ng là m gì
- Insist + that + S + V [bare]
73 What + (a/an) + adj + Noun! = How + adj/ adv + Cấ u trú c câ u cả m thá n
S + V!
74 - Begin/ start + to V + Bắ t đầ u là m việc gì
- Finish + V-ing + Kết thú c là m gì

Page 148
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
75 Charge sb with sth = accusse sb of St Buộ c tộ i cho ai về việc gì
76 Get down to + V-ing = start + V-ing Bắ t đầ u nghiêm tú c là m gì
77 Refresh sb's memory Nhớ lạ i
78 Do somebody good Có lợ i, tố t cho ai
79 Tobe accustomed to something Quen vớ i cá i gì
= Tobe/ get used to st/ V-ing
80 It takes sb + time + to V Mấ t bao lâ u cho ai để là m gì
= S + spend + time + V-ing

CLEFT SENTENCES
Subject focus: nhấn mạnh chủ ngữ
Object focus : nhấn mạnh tân ngữ
Adverbial focus : nhấn mạnh trạng ngữ
=> Cleft sentences là cá ch dù ng “ It + is / was + từ gạch chân + That……………”
Nếu S chỉ người ta dù ng “ who / that”
Nếu cá c S khá c ta dù ng “ that”
1. Subject focus: nhấn mạnh chủ ngữ
Ex1: Mary gave me this book
=> It was Mary that / who gave me this book
Ex2: The TV program gives me a headache
=> It is the TV program that gives me a headache
Ex3: Sarah’s husband died on Friday
=> It was Sarah’s husband that died on Friday

2. Object focus : nhấn mạnh tân ngữ


Ex1: The boy hit the dog in the garden
=> It was the dog that the boy hit in the garden
Ex2: I’m studying English grammar
=> It is English grammar that I’m studying
3. Adverbial focus : nhấn mạnh trạng ngữ
Ex1: Sarah’s husband died on Friday
=> It was on Friday that Sarah’s husband died
Ex2 : The boy hit the dog in the garden
=> It was in the garden that the boy hit the dog
It was not until………. : mãi cho đến khi
It was not until + thời gian + that + S + Ved / V2”
Ex: I didn’t go to school until yesterday -> It was not until yesterday that I went to school
 Note!
Khi viết lại cấu trúc này cần lưu ý những điều sau:
- Luô n bắ t đầ u bằ ng cụ m từ “ It was not until” nhữ ng gì phía sau “ until”củ a câ u đề ta ghi lạ i hết, sau đó
qua mệnh đề bắ t đầ u bằ ng chữ “ that”
- Mệnh đề sau “that” luô n ở thì quá khứ đơn và luô n luô n ở thể khẳ ng định
- Nếu đề cho “ didn’t” thì sau mệnh đề that ta bỏ từ didn’t, nếu đề cho couldn’t thì ta bỏ đi từ not, nếu
đề cho thể bị độ ng “ wasn’t + V3/ Ved” ta chỉ bỏ not sau mệnh đề that

Page 149
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

CORRECT THE MISTAKES

CÁC LỖI SAI THƯỜNG GẶP

LỖI SAI NGỮ PHÁP LỖI DÙNG TỪ LỖI CHÍNH TẢ

Thì động từ,sự phối thì, 1.TỪ LOẠI


sự hòa hợp chủ ngữ động 2.NGHĨA CỦA TỪ
từ,khiếm khuyết,cụm động 3.TỪ CÙNG
từ,thức giả định,danh động TRƯỜNG NGHĨA
từ,động từ nguyên thể có
TO hoặc không có,mạo từ,bị
động,câu điều kiện,tường
thuật,đảo ngữ,mệnh đề
quan hệ,cụm và câu…

PHƯƠNG PHÁP XÁC ĐỊNH LỖI Bước 1: Đọc lướt qua 1 lượt từ đầu đến
SAI cuối câu.Đọc kĩ phần gạch chân

Bước 2:Xét tính đúng đắn của các


phương án gạch chân về mặt ngữ pháp

Bước 3: Xét về nghĩa của câu và cách


dùng từ ở các phần gạch chân

Page 150
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

Tìm ra lỗi sai

COMMUNICATIONS
1. MẪU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ NGƯỜI KHÁC GIÚP: (Making request)
Trả lời
Đề nghị
Đồng ý Không đồng ý
- V-inf…! - Certainly. - I’m sorry. I can’t. I’m busy. (I have
- V-inf…., please! - Of course. something else to do.)
- Please + V-inf …! - Sure - I’m sorry. I don’t know how to do it.
- Can you + V-inf…? - No problem.
- Could you + V-inf…? - What can I do for you?
- Would you please + V-inf…? - How can I help you?
- Will you + V-inf…? - By all means.
- I wonder if you’d/could + V-inf …? - Yes, with pleasure
* Riêng với mẫu: - No, I don’t mind.
- Would/Do you mind + V-ing…? - No, of course not.
- Not at all.
2. MẪU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ GIÚP NGƯỜI KHÁC: (Making offer)
Đề nghị Trả lời
- Can I help you? - Yes/No. Thank you
- Shall I + V-inf…? - That’s very kind of you.
- What can I do for you? - Don’t worry! I’ll do it.
- May I help you? - That would be great.
- Do you need any help? - Oh, would you really? Thanks a lot.
- Let me help you - Well, that’s very kind of you, but I think I can manage, thanks.
- No, thank you. I can manage.
3. MẪU CÂU XIN PHÉP NGƯỜI KHÁC: (Asking for permission)
- May I + V-inf …?
- Can I + V-inf …?
- Would you mind if I + V (chia quá khứ đơn)?
- Do you mind if I + V (chia hiện tại đơn)?
Xin phép
- Excuse-me! May I + V-inf…?
- Do you think I could + V-inf…?
- I wonder if I could + V-inf…?
- Is it all right if I could/can + V-inf …?
Trả lời Đồng ý - Certainly.
- Of course.
- Please do.
- Please go ahead.
- Sure.

Page 151
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
- I'd rather you didn't.
Không - I'd prefer you didn't.
đồng ý - No, I'm afraid you can't.
- I'm sorry, but you can't.

4. MẪU CÂU "RỦ"/GỢI Ý: (Making suggestion)


Câu "rủ"/gợi ý Trả lời
- Let's + V-inf …?
- Why don't we + V-inf …?
- Shall we + V-inf …? - Yes, let's.
- How about + V-ing…? - No, let's not.
- What about + V-ing…? - That's a good idea.
- I think we should + V-inf… - Yes, definitely.
- I suggest that we + V-inf… - Sure, why not?
- It might be a good idea if we + V-inf… - By all means.
- I think the best way of dealing with this situation would - That's probably the best option.
be + to V-inf…
- If you ask me, I think we should/could + V-inf…
5. MẪU CÂU CẢM ƠN: (Saying thanks)
Câu cảm ơn Trả lời
- Thank you. - You're welcome.
- Thank you very much. - That's all right.
- Thanks a lot. - Not at all.
- Thanks a lot for (N/V-ing). - It's my pleasure.
- It's very kind of you. - Don't mention it.
6. MẪU CÂU XÁC ĐỊNH LẠI THÔNG TIN: (Confirming information)
- Pardon (me)!
- Please say that again!
- Excuse-me! What did you say?
- Could you repeat that?
7. MẪU CÂU MỜI: (Making invitation)
Câu mời Trả lời
- Would you like + món ăn/uống? - Yes, please.
Mời ăn uống
- No, thanks.
- Would you like + to V-inf…? - Yes, I'd love to. (Thanks)
- Do you fancy + V-ing…? - That's very kind of you, thanks.
- Do you feel like + V-ing…? - That sounds lovely (interesting).
Mời đi
- That's a good idea. Thanks.
đâu/làm gì
- That would be great. Thanks.
- I'm sorry. I'm afraid I can't.
- That's very kind of you, but…
8. MẪU CÂU CHÚC MỪNG: (Congratulating others)
Câu kể Trả lời (câu chúc mừng)
- I've passed the entrance exam. - You did a great job!
- I've got a driving licence. - Congratulations!

Page 152
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
- Excellent!
- ………………….
- Well done!
9. MẪU CÂU XIN LỖI:
Câu xin lỗi Trả lời
- I'm very/extremely/awfully/terribly + sorry. - That's all right, ok.
- Sorry. It's/was my fault. - Not too worried!
- I do apologise. - No need to apologize.
- Please accept my apologies. - Don't worry about it!
- I'm sorry for + N/V-ing - Never mind!

10. MẪU CÂU THỂ HIỆN LỜI KHEN: (Compliments)


Câu thể hiện lời khen Trả lời
- You really have + positive adjective + Noun.
- It's very kind of you to say so, thank you!
- I've never seen such a perfect thing on you.
- Thank you. That's a nice compliment.
- Your + noun + is/was + positive adjective +
- Thanks. I think I've finally found (the color, the style,
complement
the way…) that + Verb…
- You are a/an + positive adjective + complement
- I'm glad you like it, thanks.
- What (a/an) + positive adjective + Noun!
- You've got to be kidding./You must be kidding. I
- How + positive adjective/adverb + subject +
thought it was terrible,
Verb!
11. MẪU CÂU THỂ HIỆN Ý PHỤ HỌA: (Expressing the same idea)
- Mệnh đề ở dạng khẳng định: "so + V-aux + subject".
"…, subject + V-aux, too".
- Mệnh đề ở dạnh phủ định: "neither + V-aux + subject".
"…, subject + V-aux + not, either".
12. CÁC MẪU CÂU HỎI THÔNG DỤNG:
Đôi khi đề thi cũng đưa ra các câu hỏi này. Phần này được cung cấp nhằm giúp học sinh ôn lại các câu hỏi
thường gặp.

Câu hỏi Trả lời


- What (gì) Dùng các danh từ chỉ vật
- Who (ai) Dùng các danh từ chỉ người
- What time (mấy giờ) Dùng các danh từ chỉ giờ
Dùng các cụm: to V-inf, in order to, so as to, so that,
- What…for? (để làm gì)
in order that…
- Where (ở đâu) Dùng các trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn
- Why (tại sao) Dùng các từ chỉ lý do (because, as, due to…)
- Which (chọn lựa trong tập hợp biết trước) Dùng các từ chỉ đối tượng cần chọn
- When (khi nào) Dùng các từ chỉ thời gian
- How (phương tiện di chuyển) Dùng các từ chỉ phương tiện
Dùng tính từ, trạng từ
- How (thế nào)
Dùng các trạng từ tần suất (sometimes, never…), số
lần (once, twice, times…)
- How often (tần suất, bao lâu 1 lần)

- How + tính từ: mang nghĩa…như thế nào


(how far, how fast, how tall, how old…) Xem tính từ sau "how" hỏi gì thì trả lời cái đó

- How many (bao nhiêu) (đi với danh từ đếm Dùng các từ chỉ số lượng, giá tiền.
Page 153
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
được, số nhiều)
- How much (bao nhiêu) (đi với danh từ không
đếm được, số ít hoặc giá tiền)

PRACTISES
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes
each of the following exchanges
1. David is talking to Lucy about her painting.
- David: “What a beautiful painting!”
- Lucy: “____________”
A. No problem B. It’s on the wall
C. I’m glad you like it D. You’re welcome.
2. Peter and Dane are talking about environmental protection.
- Peter: “We should limit the use of plastic bags.”
- Dane: “____________. We can use paper bags instead.”
A. I completely agree. B. It’s not true.
C. I don’t quite agree D. You’re wrong.
3. David is apologising to his teacher for being late.
- David: “Sorry I’m late! The traffic is so heavy.”
- Teacher: “____________. Come in and sit down.”
A. You’re so kind B. It’s alright C. Me neither D. Thank you
4. Peter and Mary are talking about social networks.
- Peter: “Using social networks may have negative effects on students.”
- Mary: “____________. It distracts them from their studies.”
A. I’m not sure about that B. I don’t quite agree
C. You’re wrong D. That’s quite true
5. Linda and Peter are talking about safe driving.
- Linda: “I think drink-driving should be severely punished.”
- Peter: “____________. It may cause accidents or even deaths.”
A. You must be kidding B. I don’t think so
C. I don’t understand what you mean D. I absolutely agree with you
6. A porter is talking to Mary in the hotel lobby.
- Porter: “May I help you with your suitcase?”
- Mary: “____________”
A. What a shame B. Me too C. You’re welcome D. Yes, please
7. John is having dinner at Linda’s house.
- John: “This roast beef is so delicious.”

Page 154
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
- Linda:”____________”
A. sure. I’d love to B. I’m glad you like it.
C. No, don’t worry. D. I don’t either.
8. Joana and David, two lectures, are talking about library skills.
- Joana: “I think we should teach our students how to use the library.”
- David:”____________
A. You’re absolutely wrong B. You must be kidding
C. I couldn’t agree with you more D. That’s not a good idea
9. A shop assistant is talking to a customer.
- Shop assistant: “Do you need anything else?”
- Customer:”____________”
A. That’s all. Thanks B. Good job! C. With pleasure D. You’re welcome
10. Ann and Peter are talking about housework.
- Ann: “ I think children should be paid for doing the housework.”
- Peter: “____________. It’s their duty in the family.”
A. That’s what I think B. You’re exactly right
C. There’s no doubt about it D. I don’t think so
11. Ken and Tom are high-school students. They are discussing where their study group will meet.
- Ken: “Where is our study group going to meet next weekend?”
- Tom: “____________.”
A. Studying in a group is great fun. B. We are too busy on weekdays.
C. Why don’t you look at the atlas? D. The library would be best.
12. Mike and Lane are university students. They are talking about Lane’s upcoming high-school
reunion.
- Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?”
- Lane: “
A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful. B. No. You’re in no mood for the event.
C. The food at the reunion was excellent. D. Yeah. I’m really looking forward to it.
13. A waiter in a restaurant is talking to a customer who has just finished his meal there.
- Waiter: “Here’s your bill, sir.”
- Customer: “____________”
A. Don’t mention it. B. Can I pay by credit card?
C. What do you have? D. You’re welcome.
14. Two close friends Tom and Kyle are talking about Kyle’s upcoming birthday.
- Tom: “Can I bring a friend to your birthday party?”
- Kyle: “____________”
A. It’s my honour. B. Let’s do it then. C. The more the merrier. D. That’s right.
15. Two friends Diana and Anne are talking about Anne’s new blouse.
- Diana: “That blouse suits you perfectly, Anne.”
- Anne: “____________’’.
A. Never mind. B. Don’t mention it. C. Thank you. D. You’re welcome.
16. Mary is talking to a porter in the hotel lobby.
- Porter: “Shall I help you with your suitcase?”
- Mary: “____________”
A. Not a chance. B. That’s very kind of you.

Page 155
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
C. I can’t agree more. D. What a pity!
17. Susan accidentally stepped on Denise’s foot.
- Susan: “Oops! I’m sorry, Denise.”
- Denise: “____________”
A. You shouldn’t do that. B. It’s alright.
C. You are welcome. D. It’s nonsense.
18. Hana and Jenifer are talking about a book they have just read.
- Hana: “The book is really interesting and educational.”
- Jenifer: “____________”
A. I’d love it. B. That’s nice of you to say so.
C. I couldn’t agree more. D. Don’t mention it.
19. Jolie and Tom are meeting at the supermarket.
- Jolie: “Hi, Tom. How are you doing?”
- Tom: “____________. How about you?”
A. I’m waiting for my sister B. I’m shopping for food
C. I’m doing nothing D. I’m doing well
20. Maria and Alex are talking about the environment.
- Maria: “Our environment is getting more and more polluted. Do you think so?”
- Alex: “____________. It’s really worrying.”
A. I’ll think about that B. I don’t agree
C. I don’t think so D. I can’t agree more
21. Liz is telling Andrew about her first novel.
- Liz: “Guess what? My first novel has just been published.”
- Andrew: “____________”
A. It’s my pleasure. B. Congratulations!
C. Better luck next time! D. It’s very kind of you.
22. Jenny and her teacher are meeting at the bus stop.
- Jenny: “Good afternoon, Miss. How are you?”
- Teacher: “____________. And you?”
A. I’m going home B. I’m leaving now C. I’m thirty years old D. Fine, thank you
23. Linda is thanking Daniel for his birthday present.
- Linda: “Thanks for the book. I’ve been looking for it for months.”
- Daniel: “____________”
A. You can say that again B. Thank you for looking for it
C. I like reading books D. I’m glad you like it
24. David and his teacher are meeting at the school gate.
- David: “Good morning, Mr Deakin. How are you?”
- Mr Deakin:”____________. And you?”
A. I’m busy now B. I’m fine. Thank you
C. I’m going home D. I’m having a class now
25. Mrs Smith and her students are visiting the zoo.
- Mike: “Can I feed the gorilla, Mrs Smith?”
- Mrs Smith: “____________. The sign says ‘No feeding the animals’.”
A. Of course you can B. I don’t think it works
C. I’m sure about that D. I’m afraid not

Page 156
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
26. Andrew is talking to a waiter in a restaurant.
- Andrew: “Can I have the bill, please?”
- Waiter: “____________”
A. You are very kind B. Just a minute, please
C. My pleasure D. You’re exactly right
27. Silas is talking to his roommate, Salah, about the Olympic Games.
- Silas: “Do you think our country can host the Olympic Games some day in the future?
- Salah:”____________. We can’t afford such a big event.”
A. You can say that again B. I can’t agree with you more
C. Yes, you’re right D. No, I don’t think so
28. Laura is telling Bob about her exam results.
- Laura: “____________”
- Bob: “That’s great. Congratulations!”
A. I hope I’ll pass the exam tomorrow. B. I’ve passed the exam with an A.
C. I’ll get the exam results tomorrow. D. I didn’t do well in the exam.
29. Nancy and James are talking about their school days.
- Nancy: “I think school days are the best time of our lives.”
- James: “____________. We had sweet memories together then.”
A. I’m afraid so B. Absolutely. C. That’s nonsense D. I doubt it
30. John and Mike are talking about Mike’s new car.
- John: “____________”
- Mike: “Thanks. I’m glad to hear that.”
A. Where did you buy your car? B. What a nice car!
C. Your car is new, isn’t it? D. My car is very expensive.
31. Two students are talking about the school curriculum.
- Ted: “Swimming should be made part of the school curriculum.”
- Kate: “____________. It is an essential life skill.”
A. Oh, that’s a problem. B. I can’t agree with you more.
C. Not at all D. You can make it.
32. Jane is talking to Mike, who has just helped her with her luggage.
- Jane: “____________”
- Mike: “It’s my pleasure.
A. It’s too heavy. B. It’s not my duty.
C. Thanks a lot, indeed. D. Welcome back.
33. Adam and Janet are at the school canteen.
- Adam: “____________”
- Janet: “Yes, please.”
A. Do you mind if I sit here? B. Can you pass me the salt, please?
C. It’s a bit hot in here, isn’t it? D. Would you like a cup of coffee?
34. Jenny and Jimmy are talking about university education.
- Jenny: “I think having a university degree is the only way to succeed in life.”
- Jimmy: “____________. There are successful people without a degree.”
A. That’s life B. That’s all right
C. I don’t quite agree D. I can’t agree more

Page 157
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
35. John was in Hanoi and wanted to send a parcel to his parents. He asked a local passer- by the way
to the post-office.
- John: “Can you show me the way to the nearest post office, please?”
- Passer-by: “____________”
A. Not way, sorry. B. Just round the corner over there.
C. Look it up in a dictionary! D. There’s no traffic near here.

COMMON FAMILY WORD

NO VERB NOUN ADJECTIVE ADVERD MEANING


1 enable (in) ability (un) able có khả năng
2 absence absent vắng mặt
3 acquaint acquaintance acquainted Làm quen
4 accept acceptance acceptable chấp nhận
5 access accessible phương tiện
6 accomplish accomplishment accomplished thực hiện
7 accuracy accurate accurately chính xác
8 achieve achievement achievable thành tựu
9 act action, actor (in) active (in) actively hành động
10 add addition additional cộng, thêm vào
11 advertise advertising quảng cáo
advertisement
12 advise advice / adviser advisable: nên khuyên
13 (dis) agree (dis) agreement (dis) agreeable (dis) agreely đồng ý
14 agriculture agricultural nông nghiệp
15 amuse amusement amusing / amused làm buồn cười
16 anger angry angrily sự giận dữ
17 (dis) appear (dis)appearance apparent apparently xuất hiện
18 anxiety anxious sự lo lắng
19 apply application, xin việc,
applicant ứng viên
20 argue argument (argumentative) cãi nhau
21 approve approval khẳng định
22 arrive arrival tới, đến
23 art, artist (artistic), artful (artistically) mỹ thuật
24 assist assistance, giúp đỡ,
assistant trợ lý
25 astonish astonishment astonished, làm cho ngạc nhiên
astonishing
26 attend attendance: sự attendant attendantly tham dự
có mặt
attendant:
người tham dự

Page 158
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
27 attention attentive attentively sự chú ý
28 attract attraction attractive attractively thu hút
29 (automate) automation automtic automtically tự động hóa
30 awareness aware sự nhận thức
31 base basic basically nền tảng
32 bear birth sinh ra
33 beautify beauty beautiful beautifully làm cho đẹp
34 behave behaviour behavioural cư xử / đối xử
35 believe (un)belief (un)believable (un)believable tin tưởng
(un)believer
36 bleed blood bloody chảy máu
37 bore boredom boring / bored làm buồn
38 break break, breakage (un) breakable vở / bể
39 breathe breath breathless breathlessly thở, hít
40 broaden broadness, broad broadly mở rộng,
broadth nới rộng
41 calculate calculation, calculating tính toán
calculator
42 calmness calm calmly bình tĩnh,
êm đềm
43 capacity capable khả năng,
năng lực
44 care (for) care (of) careful cẩn thận
carefulness carelessly
carelessness
45 cause:gây ra cause nguyên nhân
46 center, centre central trung tâm
47 certainty certain certainly sự chắc chắn
48 change change (un)changeable thay đổi
49 chemistry hóa học
chemical chất hóa học
chemist nhà hóa học
50 child childish-childlike trẻ con
childless
51 choose choice chọn lựa
52 clean cleanliness clean cleanly lau chùi, sạch
53 clothe cloth, clothes, mặc quần áo
clothing
54 cloud cloudy, cloudless mây
55 collect collection, collective collectively sưu tầm,
collector hợp tác
56 colour coloured, colourful màu sắc
57 common common commonly phổ biến, chung chung
58 compare comparison comparative so sánh
59 compete competition, thi đua, người thi đấu
competitor
60 combine combination kết hợp
61 comfort comfort (un) comfortable (un)comfortab làm thoải mái
ly
62 common commonly thông thường

Page 159
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
63 communicat communication communicative giao tiếp
e
64 complain complaint than phiền
65 complete completion (in) complete (in) hoàn tất
completely
66 concentrate concentration tập trung
67 conclude conclusion conclusive conclusively kết luận
68 condition conditional điều kiện
69 confidence confident confidently sự tự tin
70 conserve conservation bảo tồn
71 continent continental đại lục
72 continue continuation continuous continuously tiếp tục
73 cook cook - cooker nấu ăn
-cookery
74 count (un) countable đếm
countless
75 culture cultural văn hóa
76 custom customary (customarily) thói quen
77 danger dangerous dangerously sự nguy hiểm
78 darken dark, darkness dark làm đen
79 day daily ngày
80 deafen the deaf, deaf điếc
deafness làm điếc
81 decide decision (in) decisive (in) decisively quyết định
82 decorate decoration decorative trang hoàng
83 deepen depth deep deep, deeply làm sâu hơn
84 defend defence bảo vệ
85 (deficiency) (deficient) sự giảm thiểu
86 delicacy delicate delicately duyên dáng
87 deliver delivery, giao,phân phát
deliverer
88 delight delight delightful delightfully Làm vui sướng
89 depend (on) (in) dependence (in) dependent (in) phụ thuộc
dependently
90 destroy destruction destructive destructively phá hủy
91 develop development developing phát triển
92 determine determination determined quyết tâm
93 dictate dictatation đọc chính tả
94 die death dead chết
95 differ difference different differently làm khác
96 difficulty difficult sự khó khăn
97 direct direction, (in) direct (in) directly chỉ, bảo, thẳng, gởi
director
98 dirty dirt dirty dirtily sự dơ bẩn
99 disappoint disappointment disappointed, disappointedly làm thất vọng
disappointing sự thất vọng
100 discover discovery khám phá
101 discuss discussion thảo luận
102 distance distant distantly khoảng cách
102 distribute distribution distributive phân phối

Page 160
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
103 divide division (in) divisible phân chia
104 drain drainage rút nước
105 dust dusty bụi
106 earth earthy trái đất
107 ease easy easily dễ dàng
108 economy economical economically kinh tế
109 educate education educational, educationally giáo dục
(un) educated
110 affect effect (in) effective (in) effectively ảnh hưởng
111 electrify electricity electric,electrical điện
112 embarrass embarrassment embarrassed, làm bối rối
embarrassing
113 emit emisssion thoát ra
114 employ (un) (un) employed thuê mướn
employment
employer,
employee
115 encourage encouragement encouraged khuyến khích

116 end end endless kết thúc


117 energy energetic energerically năng lượng
118 enjoy enjoyment enjoyable enjoyably thích
119 enrich enrichment rich richly làm giàu
120 enter entrance bước vào
121 environment environmental môi trường
122 equip equipment trang bị
123 erode erosion làm xói mòn
124 establish establishment thiết lập
125 examine examination khám xét
126 expect expectation expectant, mong đợi
expecting,
(un) expected
127 experience experience (in) experienced kinh nghiệm
128 experiment experiment experimental experimentall thử nghiệm
y
129 explain explanation explanatory giải thích
130 explode explosion, explosive explosively nổ,
explosive bùng nổ
131 explore exploration, thám hiểm
explorer (nhà)
132 extinctive extinct sự tiệt chủng
133 extremity, extreme extremely điểm tột cùng, cực kỳ
extreme
134 fact factual sự kiện
135 fail failure thất bại
136 faith (un) faithful (un) faithfully trung thành
137 familiarize (un) familiarity (un) familiar (un)familiarly làm cho (ai) quen việc

138 fashion fashionable fashionably thời trang
139 favour favour favourable favourably bao ơn

Page 161
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
140 fear fear fearful, fearless fearfully, lo sợ,
fearlessly ghê sợ
141 feel feeling cảm thấy
142 fertilize fertilizer làm màu mỡ
143 fill fill full (of) làm đầy
filled (with) lắp đầy
144 fluency fluent fluently lưu loát
145 fly flight bay, chuyến bay
146 fool, foolishness foolish foolishly người ngốc
147 foolball, bóng đá,
footballer cầu thủ
148 forget forgetfulness (un) forgettable, forgetfully quên,
forgetful quên lãng
149 form form, formation hình thức
150 fortune (un) fortunate (un) may mắn
fortunately
151 found foundation, fundamental thành lập,
founder sáng lập
152 freshness fresh tươi
153 frighten fright frightened, sợ hãi,
frightening lo sợ
154 friend, friendship friendly, bạn bè,
friendliness friendless tình bạn
155 generalize generalization general nói chung
156 generosity generous generously rộng lượng
157 geography geographical địa lý, (học)
158 goodness good lòng tốt, tốt
159 govern government thống trị,
cai quản
160 graduate graduation, tốt nghiệp,
graduate học xong
161 grow growth mọc lên
162 guide guidance, guide hướng dẫn
163 habit habitual habitually thói quen
164 happiness happy happily hạnh phúc
165 harm harm harmful, harmless hư hại,
tệ hại
166 harden hardeness hard hard, hardly cứng rắn,
siêng năng
167 hate hateful hatefully căm ghét
168 health (un) healthy (un) healthily sức khỏe
169 heart hearty, heartless trái tim
170 heat heat, hotness hot nóng
171 height high high, highly chiều cao
172 help help, helpfulness helpful, helpless helpfully, sự giúp đỡ,
helplessly giúp đỡ
173 history historical, historic historically lịch sử
174 (dis) honesty (dis) honest (dis) honestly trung thực
175 hope hope hopeful, hopeless hopefully, hy vọng,
hopelessly niềm hy vọng

Page 162
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
176 horrify horror horrible horribly kinh ngạc
177 hour hourly giờ
178 hunger hungry hungrily đói
179 hurry hury hurried hurriedly vội vàng
180 ignore ignorance ignorant ignorantly phớt lờ
181 illness ill bệnh
182 illiteracy iliterate nạn mù chữ
183 illustrate illustration illustrative minh họa
184 imagine imagination imaginary tưởng tượng
185 immediate immediately ngay lập tức
186 importance important quan trọng
187 improve improvement cải thiện
188 include inclusion inclusive inclusively bao gồm
189 industrialize industry industrial công nghiệp,
industrious cần cù
190 influence influence sự ảnh hưởng
191 inform information informative thông tin
192 instruct instruction instructive instructively chỉ dẫn
193 intelligence intelligent intelligently thông minh
194 intend intention intentional intentionally ý định
195 intensify intensify intense intensely tăng cường
196 interview interview, phỏng vấn,
interviewer (cuộc) phỏng
197 intimacy intimate intimately sự thân mật
198 introduce introduction introductory giới thiệu
199 invent invention, phát minh,
inventor nhà phátminh
200 invite invitation mời, lời mời
201 irrigate irrigation làm thủy lợi
202 jealousy jealous jealouly ghen tuông
203 job jobless công viêc
204 rejoyce joy joyful, joyess joyfully, vui mừng
joyessly
205 justify justice just justly chứng minh
206 keenness keen (on) keenly hăng hái
207 kindness kind kindly tử tế
208 land landing hạ cánh
209 know knowledge knowledgeable knowingly biết,
(un) known kiến thức
210 enlarge enlargement large mở rộng
211 lateness late late, trễ,
lately (gần muộn
đây)
212 laugh laughter laughable cười, vui cười
213 law (un) lawful, (un) lawfully pháp luật,
(il) legal (il) legally hợp pháp
214 laziness lazy lazily lười biếng
215 lead leader, lãnh đạo,
leadership nhà lãnh đạo
216 lie lie nói dối

Page 163
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
217 light light, lighting đốt, thấp
218 limit (un) limited giới hạn
219 live life alive, live, lively sinh sống
220 lock, unlock lock (un) lock khóa
221 logic (il) logical (il) logically tư duy logíc
222 loss, loser lost mất, thất lạc
223 love, loveliness lovely yêu, ưu thích
224 luck (un) lucky (un) luckily vận may
225 magic, magical magically yêu thuật,
magican nhà ảo thuật
226 main mainly chính
227 majority major đa số
228 man human, manly đàn ông
229 manage management, quản lý,
manager nhà quản lý
230 manufacture manufacture, manufactural sản xuất,
manufacturer nhà sản xuất
231 marry marriage (un) married kết hôn
232 material material nguyên liệu
233 mathematics, mathematical toán học,
mathematician nhà toán học
234 (im) maturity (im) mature sự trưởng thành
235 mechanize mechanic mechanical mechanically cơ khí hóa
236 mean meaning meaningful, có nghĩa là
meaningless
237 medicate medicine medical medically y học, thuốc
238 meet meeting gặp
239 memorize memory ghi nhớ
240 mentality mental tinh thần
241 militarize military military quân sự hóa
242 mind mind mindful, mindless trí óc,
tư tưởng
243 mine, mineral mineral khoáng
244 miracle miraculous miraculously kỳ diệu
245 mistake mistake mistaken mistakenly hiểu lầm
246 mix mixture trộn lẫn
247 money monetary tiền tệ
248 month monthly tháng
249 moon lunar, moonless mặt trăng
250 mother motherly mẹ
251 mountain mountainous núi
252 move movement movable di dời
253 multiphy multiphlication nhân
254 music, musician musical musically âm nhạc, nhạc sĩ
255 nation, national nationally quốc gia,
nationality quốc tịch
256 nature natural naturally tự nhiên
257 need need, necessity necessary, needful necessarily cần,
cần thiết
258 nerve nervous nervously dây thần kinh

Page 164
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
259 noise noisy noisily ồn ào
260 notice notice noticeable noticeably chú ý
261 novel, novelist tiểu thuyết
262 (dis) obey (dis) obedience (dis) obedient (dis) tuân theo
obediently
263 occasion occasional occasionally dịp, cơ hội
264 occupy occupation occupational, chiếm giữ
occupied (with)
265 odour odourless mùi thơm
266 offend offense offensive offensively xúc phạm
267 offer offer cho
268 omit omission bỏ đi
269 operate operatation, operatative hoạt động
operator
270 organize organization organized tổ chức
271 own owner, sở hữu
ownership
272 pain painful painfully sự đau đớn
273 parents parental ba mẹ
274 part partial partially phần, một số
275 particular particularly đặc biệt
276 (im) patience (im) patient (im) patiently Kiên nhẫn
277 pay pay, payment trả, chi trả
278 peace peaceful peacefully hòa bình
279 perceive perception nắm, hiểu
280 permit permission cho phép
281 person personal personally người
282 persuade persuasion thuyết phục
283 pharmacy, pharmaceutical dược sĩ, bào chế thuốc
pharmacist
284 pity pitiful pitifully đáng tiếc
285 please pleasure (un) pleasant (un) vui lòng
pleasantly
286 poison poison poisonous poisonously bỏ thuốc độc
287 (im) politeness (im) polite (im) politely lịch sự
288 politics, political chính trị,
politician nhà chính trị
289 pollute pollution, polluted làm ô nhiễm
pollutant sự ô nhiễm
290 possess possession possessive sở hữu
291 potential potential potentially tiềm năng
292 poverty poor nghèo
293 power powerful powerfully quyền lực
294 practise practice (im) practical (im) thực hành
practically
295 prefer preference preferential preferentially thích…. hơn
296 prepare preparation preparatory chuẩn bị
297 present presentation trình bày
298 preserve preservation preservable bảo quản
299 prevent prevention preventive ngăn cản

Page 165
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
300 pride proud proudly tự hào
301 privacy private privately riêng tư
302 provide provision cung cấp
303 prove proof provable chứng minh
304 public public publicly công cộng
305 race racial sắc tộc
306 rain rain rainy mưa
307 react reaction phản ứng
308 reality (un) real really thực tế
309 realize realization nhận thức
310 reason reason (un) reasonable (un) lý do
reasonably
311 receive reception nhận
312 recognize recognition (un) recognizable nhận biết
313 recover recovery hồi phục
314 reduce reduction giảm xuống
315 refuse refusal từ chối
316 relate relation, relative relatively liên quan,
relationship họ hàng
317 religion religious tôn giáo
318 rely reliance reliable reliably lệ thuộc
319 remove removal di dời
320 repeat repetition lặp lại
321 research research nghiên cứu
322 respond response phúc đáp
323 responsibility responsible trách nhiệm
324 restrict restriction restrictive restrictively hạn chế
325 retire retirement retired Nghỉ hưu
326 enrich enrichment, rich rich làm giàu,
richness giàu có
327 rotate rotation rotatory luân chuyển
328 sadden sadness sad sadly làm buồn
329 safeguard safeguard che chở
330 (un) safety (un) safe (un) safely an toàn
331 sell sale(s) bán
332 salt salty muối
333 sand sandy cát
334 satisfy satisfaction (un) satisfactory, (un) thỏa mãn,
(un) satisfying, satisfactorily sự thỏa mãn
(un) satisfied hài lòng
335 save saving để dành,
cứu sống
336 science, scientist scientific scientifically khoa học
337 search search tìm kiếm
338 secret secret bí mật
339 see sight nhìn, xem
340 select selection lựa chọn
341 self, selfishness selfish selfishly ích kỷ
342 sense sensible sensibly giác quan

Page 166
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
343 shame shameful, shamefully, xấu hổ,
shameless, shamelessly hổ thẹn,
shamed sự hổ thẹn
344 shock shock shocked, shocking bị sốc,
cú sốc
345 shorten shortage short shortly = soon rút gọn,
ngắn gọn
346 skill skillful skillfully kỹ năng
347 sickness sick ốm, bệnh
348 sign signature ký tên
349 signature significant significantly đầy ý nghĩa
350 silence silence silent silently im lặng
351 similarity similar similarly tương tự
352 sing song, singer hát, bài hát
353 sit seat seated chỗ ngồi
354 sleep sleep, sleepness sleepy, asleep, sleepily ngủ, ngủ mê
sleepless giấc ngủ
355 snow snow snowy tuyết
356 society social socially xã hội
357 solidify solid solid làm cứng
358 solve solution giải quyết
359 specialize specialist special specially, chuyên môn hóa, đặc
especially biệt
360 speak speech, speaker nói
361 spirit spiritual tinh thần
362 state statement phát biểu
363 storm stormy cơn bão
364 strenghthen strenghth strong strongly mạnh mẽ
365 succeed success (un) successful (un) thành công
successfully
366 suggest suggestion đề nghị
367 supply supply cung cấp
368 support support ủng hộ
369 surgery surgical surgically phẩu thuật
370 surprise surprise surprised, surprisingly làm cho (ai) ngạc nhiên
surprising
371 suspect suspicion,suspect nghi ngờ
372 sympathize sympathy sympathetic sympatheticall thông cảm
y
373 talent talented tài năng
374 teach teaching, dạy học
teacher
375 technician, technical technically kỹ thuật,
technique kỹ thuật viên
376 technology, technological công nghệ
technologist
377 tend tendency tendentious có khuynh hướng
378 test test kiểm tra
379 think thought thoughtful, thoughtfully, suy nghĩ,
thoughtless thoughtlessly ý nghĩ

Page 167
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )
380 thirst thirsty thirstily khát
381 threaten threat threatening threateningly đe dọa
382 tire tiredness tired, tiring làm cho mệt
383 tolerate tolerance tolerable, tolerant tolerably khoan dung,
tha thứ
384 total total totally tổng cộng
385 transform transformation thay đổi
386 translate translation, phiên dịch,
translator dịch sang
387 transmit transmission transmissible truyền tải
388 transport transport, vận chuyển,
transportation chuyên chở
389 treat treatment (un) treatable đối xử, xử trí
390 tree treeless cây
391 tropic tropical nhiệt đới
392 trouble trouble troublesome làm phiền
393 truth true, truthful truly, sự thật
truthfully
394 understant understanting understanable hiểu
395 urgency urgent khẩn cấp
396 use use, uselessness useful, useless usefully, sử dụng,
usage, usefulness uselessly có ích, vô ích
397 (un) usual usually thườngthường
398 value value, valuation valuable, định giá,
invaluable, đánh giá,
valueless giá trị
399 vaporize vapour vaporous bốc hơi
400 warm warmth warm warmly ấm ấp, sưởi
401 waste waste wasteful wastefully lãng phí
402 watch watchfulness watchful watchfully trông coi
403 weaken weakness weak weakly làm yếu
404 weigh weight, weightless cân nặng
weightlessness trọng lượng
405 widen width wide widely mở rộng
406 wind windy gió
407 wisdom wise wisely thông minh
408 women womanly phụ nữ
409 wonder wonder wonderful wonderfully tuyệt vời
410 wood wooden gỗ
411 work work, worker working làm việc
412 world worldly thế giới
413 worry worry worried, worrying worriedly, lo lắng,
worryingly lo âu
414 worth worth, worthless giá trị

415 year yearly = annual năm


416 youth young, youthful youthfully thanh niên

Page 168
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

IRREGULAR VERBS
STT Động từ nguyên thể Thể quá khứ Quá khứ phân từ Nghĩa
1 abide abode/abided abode / abided lưu trú, lưu lại
2 arise arose arisen phát sinh
3 awake awoke awoken đánh thức, thức
4 be was/were been thì, là, bị. ở
5 bear bore borne mang, chịu dựng
6 become became become trở nên
7 befall befell befallen xảy đến
8 begin began begun bắt đầu
9 behold beheld beheld ngắm nhìn
10 bend bent bent bẻ cong
11 beset beset beset bao quanh
12 bespeak bespoke bespoken chứng tỏ
13 bid bid bid trả giá
14 bind bound bound buộc, trói
15 bleed bled bled chảy máu
16 blow blew blown thổi
17 break broke broken đập vỡ
18 breed bred bred nuôi, dạy dỗ
19 bring brought brought mang đến
20 broadcast broadcast broadcast phát thanh
21 build built built xây dựng

Page 169
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

22 burn burnt/burned burnt/burned đốt, cháy


23 buy bought bought mua
24 cast cast cast ném, tung
25 catch caught caught bắt, chụp
26 chide chid/ chided chid/ chidden/ chided mắng chửi
27 choose chose chosen chọn, lựa
28 cleave clove/ cleft/ cleaved cloven/ cleft/ cleaved chẻ, tách hai
29 cleave clave cleaved dính chặt
30 come came come đến, đi đến
31 cost cost cost có giá là
32 crow crew/crewed crowed gáy (gà)
33 cut cut cut cắt, chặt
34 deal dealt dealt giao thiệp
35 dig dug dug dào
36 dive dove/ dived dived lặn; lao xuống
37 drew drew drawn vẽ; kéo
38 dream dreamt/ dreamed dreamt/ dreamed mơ thấy
39 drink drank drunk uống
40 drive drove driven lái xe
41 dwell dwelt dwelt trú ngụ, ở
42 eat ate eaten ăn
43 fall fell fallen ngã; rơi
44 feed fed fed cho ăn; ăn; nuôi;
45 feel felt felt cảm thấy
46 fight fought fought chiến đấu
47 find found found tìm thấy; thấy
48 flee fled fled chạy trốn
49 fling flung flung tung; quang
50 fly flew flown bay
51 forbear forbore forborne nhịn
52 forbid forbade/ forbad forbidden cấm đoán; cấm
53 forecast forecast/ forecasted forecast/ forecasted tiên đoán
54 foresee foresaw forseen thấy trước
55 foretell foretold foretold đoán trước
56 forget forgot forgotten quên
57 forgive forgave forgiven tha thứ

Page 170
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

58 forsake forsook forsaken ruồng bỏ


59 freeze froze frozen (làm) đông lại
60 get got got/ gotten có được
61 gild gilt/ gilded gilt/ gilded mạ vàng
62 gird girt/ girded girt/ girded đeo vào
63 give gave given cho
64 go went gone đi
65 grind ground ground nghiền; xay
66 grow grew grown mọc; trồng
67 hang hung hung móc lên; treo lên
68 hear heard heard nghe
69 heave hove/ heaved hove/ heaved trục lên
70 hide hid hidden giấu; trốn; nấp
71 hit hit hit đụng
72 hurt hurt hurt làm đau
73 inlay inlaid inlaid cẩn; khảm
74 input input input đưa vào (máy điện toán)
75 inset inset inset dát; ghép
76 keep kept kept giữ
77 kneel knelt/ kneeled knelt/ kneeled quỳ
78 knit knit/ knitted knit/ knitted đan
79 know knew known biết; quen biết
80 lay laid laid đặt; để
81 lead led led dẫn dắt; lãnh đạo
82 leap leapt leapt nhảy; nhảy qua
83 learn learnt/ learned learnt/ learned học; được biết
84 leave left left ra đi; để lại
85 lend lent lent cho mượn (vay)
86 let let let cho phép; để cho
87 lie lay lain nằm
88 light lit/ lighted lit/ lighted thắp sáng
89 lose lost lost làm mất; mất
90 make made made chế tạo; sản xuất
91 mean meant meant có nghĩa là
92 meet met met gặp mặt
93 mislay mislaid mislaid để lạc mất

Page 171
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

94 misread misread misread đọc sai


95 misspell misspelt misspelt viết sai chính tả
96 mistake mistook mistaken phạm lỗi, lầm lẫn
97 misunderstand misunderstood misunderstood hiểu lầm
98 mow mowed mown/ mowed cắt cỏ
99 outbid outbid outbid trả hơn giá
100 outdo outdid outdone làm giỏi hơn
outgrow outgrew outgrown lớn nhanh hơn
output output output cho ra (dữ kiện)
outrun outran outrun chạy nhanh hơn; vượt quá
outsell outsold outsold bán nhanh hơn
overcome overcame overcome khắc phục
overeat overate overeaten ăn quá nhiều
overfly overflew overflown bay qua
overhang overhung overhung nhô lên trên, treo lơ lửng
overhear overheard overheard nghe trộm
overlay overlaid overlaid phủ lên
overpay overpaid overpaid trả quá tiền
overrun overran overrun tràn ngập
oversee oversaw overseen trông nom
overshoot overshot overshot đi quá đích
oversleep overslept overslept ngủ quên
overtake overtook overtaken đuổi bắt kịp
overthrow overthrew overthrown lật đổ
pay paid paid trả (tiền)
prove proved proven/proved chứng minh(tỏ)
put put put đặt; để
read read read đọc
rebuild rebuilt rebuilt xây dựng lại
redo redid redone làm lại
remake remade remade làm lại; chế tạo lại
rend rent rent toạc ra; xé
repay repaid repaid hoàn tiền lại
resell retold retold bán lại
retake retook retaken chiếm lại; tái chiếm
rewrite rewrote rewritten viết lại

Page 172
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

ride rode ridden cưỡi


ring rang rung rung chuông
rise rose risen đứng dậy; mọc
run ran run chạy
saw sawed sawn cưa
say said said nói
see saw seen nhìn thấy
seek sought sought tìm kiếm
sell sold sold bán
send sent sent gửi
sew sewed sewn/sewed may
shake shook shaken lay; lắc
shear sheared shorn xén lông cừu
shed shed shed rơi; rụng
shine shone shone chiếu sáng
shoot shot shot bắn
show showed shown/ showed cho xem
shrink shrank shrunk co rút
shut shut shut đóng lại
sing sang sung ca hát
sink sank sunk chìm; lặn
sit sat sat ngồi
slay slew slain sát hại; giết hại
sleep slept slept ngủ
slide slid slid trượt; lướt
sling slung slung ném mạnh
slink slunk slunk lẻn đi
smell smelt smelt ngửi
smite smote smitten đập mạnh
sow sowed sown/ sewed gieo; rải
speak spoke spoken nói
speed sped/ speeded sped/ speeded chạy vụt
spell spelt/ spelled spelt/ spelled đánh vần
spend spent spent tiêu sài
spill spilt/ spilled spilt/ spilled tràn đổ ra
spin spun/ span spun quay sợi

Page 173
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

spit spat spat khạc nhổ


spoil spoilt/ spoiled spoilt/ spoiled làm hỏng
spread spread spread lan truyền
spring sprang sprung nhảy
stand stood stood đứng
stave stove/ staved stove/ staved đâm thủng
steal stole stolen đánh cắp
stick stuck stuck ghim vào; đính
sting stung stung châm ; chích; đốt
stink stunk/ stank stunk bốc muìi hôi
strew strewed strewn/ strewed rắc , rải
stride strode stridden bước sải
strike struck struck đánh đập
string strung strung gắn dây vào
strive strove striven cố sức
swear swore sworn tuyên thệ
sweep swept swept quét
swell swelled swollen/ swelled phồng ; sưng
swim swam swum bơi; lội
swing swung swung đong đưa
take took taken cầm ; lấy
teach taught taught dạy ; giảng dạy
tear tore torn xé; rách
tell told told kể ; bảo
think thought thought suy nghĩ
throw threw thrown ném ; liệng
thrust thrust thrust thọc ;nhấn
tread trod trodden/ trod giẫm ; đạp
unbend unbent unbent làm thẳng lại
undercut undercut undercut ra giá rẻ hơn
undergo underwent undergone kinh qua
underlie underlay underlain nằm dưới
underpay undercut undercut trả lương thấp
undersell undersold undersold bán rẻ hơn
understand understood understood hiểu
undertake undertook undertaken đảm nhận

Page 174
Basic Grammar in use ( Grammar + Exercises and Key )

underwrite underwrote underwritten bảo hiểm


undo undid undone tháo ra
unfreeze unfroze unfrozen làm tan đông
unwind unwound unwound tháo ra
uphold upheld upheld ủng hộ
upset upset upset đánh đổ; lật đổ
wake woke/ waked woken/ waked thức giấc
waylay waylaid waylaid mai phục
wear wore worn mặc
weave wove/ weaved woven/ weaved dệt
wed wed/ wedded wed/ wedded kết hôn
weep wept wept khóc
wet wet / wetted wet / wetted làm ướt
win won won thắng ; chiến thắng
wind wound wound quấn
work wrought / worked wrought / worked rèn (sắt)
wring wrung wrung vặn ; siết chặt
write wrote written viết

Page 175

You might also like